Epst Polydoros 80 Rev3

You might also like

Download as pdf or txt
Download as pdf or txt
You are on page 1of 213

GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.

P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

g GE Medical Systems
MVS DI EUROPE

Technical Publications

POLYDOROS 50 / 80 / 100 2282470-100


Revision 3

sm
Service Manual

Do not duplicate

Copyright 2002 GE Medi cal System

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 1 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


ALIGNEMENT / CALIBRATION LED AND BRIDGES board D9………………. PAGE 13 of 213
board D11……………. PAGE 14 of 213
board D22…………….. PAGE 15 of 213
board D23…………….. PAGE 16 of 213
board D25……………… PAGE 17 of 213
board D31 . D32……….. PAGE 18 of 213
board D33………………. PAGE 19 of 213
board D34………………. PAGE 20 of 213
board D38………………. PAGE 21 of 213
board D41.D42.D43……. PAGE 22 of 213
board D50 . D52………… PAGE 23 of 213
board D54 . D55………… PAGE 24 of 213
board D59………………. PAGE 25 of 213
board D62………………. PAGE 26 of 213
board D66 . D67 ……….. PAGE 27 of 213
board D89……………….. PAGE 28 of 213
board D164……………… PAGE 29 of 213
board D390……………… PAGE 30 of 213
board D610……………… PAGE 31 of 213
board D870……………… PAGE 32 of 213
Programming D164 / D23 …… …………………... PAGE 33 of 213
Programming D67 ……………..…………………... PAGE 34 of 213
Start up of générator……………………………….. PAGE 35 of 213
Check pre heating……………………………………. PAGE 36 of 213
Check phase circuit control………………………… PAGE 37 of 213
Tube exchange and adjustment……………………. PAGE 38 of 213
Check intermediat .circuit UZ…………………. …. PAGE 39 of 213

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 2 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


COMPONENT LOCATION Top cabinet………………………………………….. PAGE 40 of 213
Buttom cabinet……………………………………… PAGE 41 of 213

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 3 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


ERROR CODES Error during boot on D11…………………………… PAGE 42 of 213
Error on D11……………………………….………. PAGE 44 of 213
Error mode………………………………………….. PAGE 45 of 213
Error localisation transmission cabinet / desk……. PAGE 46 of 213
TROUBLE SHOOTING CHART …………………. PAGE 48 of 213
Error after initialisation from 1 to 39…………….. PAGE 52 of 213
from 40 to 82.………….. PAGE 53 of 213
from 100 to 110………… PAGE 54 of 213
from 111 to 130………… PAGE 55 of 213
from 131 to 199………… PAGE 56 of 213
from 200 to 240………… PAGE 57 of 213
from 241 to 255………… PAGE 58 of 213
Error indice A and B and C…………………………. PAGE 59 of 213
Minimum configuration for starting up…………….. PAGE 60 of 213

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 4 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


FUNCTIONAL CHECKS Data transmission test…DUE test………………….. PAGE 61 of 213
Display of the dot………………… PAGE 62 of 213
Test programs selected at the desk………………….. PAGE 63 of 213
Key function for program tests……………. PAGE 64 of 213
Program tests celected on desk……………. PAGE 65 of 213
Read out fault storage……………………………….. PAGE 66 of 213
Exposure counter readout……………………………. PAGE 68 of 213
Reading the countents of the shot counter…………. PAGE 69 of 213
Reading the overload unit counter ………………… PAGE 70 of 213
D30 test with the test programs PAGE 72 of 213
D30 D / A converter adjustment…………………….. PAGE 78 of 213
Equalisation U/I tube plani……… PAGE 79 of 213
Equalisation IH max / expected….. PAGE 80 of 213
Equalisation UZ expected………… PAGE 81 of 213
D300 test Trouble in the analog or µp………. PAGE 82 of 213
Description……………………….. PAGE 84 of 213
Prerequisite………………………. PAGE 85 of 213
Trouble in D/A converter………… PAGE 86 of 213
A/D offset adjustment…………… PAGE 87 of 213
Trouble in multiplex S & H……… PAGE 88 of 213
D300 adjustment prerequisites….. PAGE 89 of 213
Options……………………………………………… PAGE 90 of 213
Options selection/storage/deselection………………. PAGE 91 of 213
Erasing the contents of the EEPROM in the desk….. PAGE 92 of 213
Security preparation………………………..………. PAGE 93 of 213
Phase connection check…………………………….. PAGE 94 of 213
Start up generator……………………………………. PAGE 95 of 213
Exposure release without HT……………………….. PAGE 98 of 213
Exposure release S27……………………………….. PAGE 105 of 213
Mesuring ……………………………………………. PAGE 107 of 213

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 5 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


-
LOGIC / BLOCK DIAGRAMS Cabinet over view…………………………………… PAGE 110 of 213
Cabinet……………………………………………… PAGE 111 of 213
Board extension…………………………………….. PAGE 112 of 213
Service panel………………………………………… PAGE 113 of 213
Ground conection……………………………………. PAGE 114 of 213
Main power supply…..……………………………. PAGE 115 of 213
Power distribution………………………………….. PAGE 116 of 213
Power supply…………………………………….. PAGE 117 of 213
Main power distribution M16 …………………….. PAGE 118 of 213
Desk power supply………………………………… PAGE 119 of 213
Unit selection over view…………………………… PAGE 120 of 213
Unit selection details…..…………………………… PAGE 121 of 213
SS activation………………………………………… PAGE 122 of 213
Intermediate circuit regulation………………………. PAGE 123 of 213
Intermediat circuit…………………………………… PAGE 124 of 213
Thyristor command…………………………………. PAGE 125 of 213
Onduleur……………………………………………. PAGE 126 of 213
KV regulation………………………………………. PAGE 127 of 213
Filament circuit…………………………………….. PAGE 128 of 213
Radiography circuit………………………………… PAGE 129 of 213
CPU multilayer connection……..…………………… PAGE 130 of 213
Equipment connection………………………………. PAGE 131 of 213
Unit connection adaptation………………………….. PAGE 132 of 213
Desk optical fibber communication………………… PAGE 133 of 213
Starter N81……. …….9000 t / mn…………………. PAGE 134 of 213
Starter N83………old 9000 t / mn…………………. PAGE 140 of 213
Fluro / radiographic connection…………………… PAGE 142 of 213
Generator PDL/HKDL principal…………………….. PAGE 143 of 213
Iontomat… D ………..…………………………… PAGE 144 of 213

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 6 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE General information………………………………………………………

Proceed with the

PREVENTIVE MAINTENANCE service tool

Ref: 2287075-200 version 0 minimum

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 7 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


SOFTWARE DIAGNOSTICS Erasing the contents of the EEPROM in the desk….. PAGE 152 of 213
Selection / deselection of options…………………… PAGE 153 of 213

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 8 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


THEORY Siemens Documentation Explanation…head…..…. PAGE 154 of 213
schema PAGE 155 of 213
remarks PAGE 156 of 213
connector PAGE 157 of 213
version PAGE 158 of 213
Cable connection KK1A (g1-g2) ; KK1A (g3-g5)….. PAGE 159 of 213
Cable connection KK1B (g1-g2) ; KK1B (g3-g5)….. PAGE 160 of 213
Cable connection KK2 ( g1 )….……………………. PAGE 161 of 213
Cable connection KK10 ; KK16…………………… PAGE 162 of 213
Cable connection KK17 ; KK23…………………… PAGE 163 of 213
Cable connection KK31……………………………. PAGE 164 of 213
cable connection K1 (N44-g1) ; X9……………….. PAGE 165 of 213
cable connection K1………………………………… PAGE 166 of 213
Signals and group explanation………………………. PAGE 167 of 213
courbes de charge…………………………………… PAGE 168 of 213
tableau tube…………………………………………. PAGE 169 of 213
courbes d’émission Bi 150 / 30 / 51………… PAGE 170 of 213
Opti 150 / 40 / 72 C……. PAGE 172 of 213
Opti 150 / 40 / 102 RL…. PAGE 174 of 213
P 125 / 20 / 40………….. PAGE 176 of 213

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 9 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


SERVICE NOTES tube exchange………………………………………. PAGE 178 of 213
Diamentor MS calibration default…………………… PAGE 186 of 213
No release of radiation with main contact…………… PAGE 187 of 213
Battery part ref : 31 50 612 …………………………. PAGE 188 of 213
Intermittent error 104……………………………….. PAGE 189 of 213
Initialization error…………………………………… PAGE 190 of 213
Siemens tube information’s…………………………. PAGE 191 of 213

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 10 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


REFERENCE MATERIALS main electronic frame N11…..………………………. PAGE 195 of 213
UZ inverter module………………..………………. PAGE 198 of 213
HT inverter module………………..………………. PAGE 199 of 213
Main power supply connection and distribution….. PAGE 200 of 213
Amplimat / iontomat connections………………….. PAGE 202 of 213
HT tank…….……………………………………….. PAGE 203 of 213
N81 starter 9000 tr/pm……………………….. PAGE 204 of 213
N83 starter 3000 tr/pm …….………………….. PAGE 206 of 213
N80 starter old 9000 tr/pm …………………….. PAGE 207 of 213
Desk……….……………………………………….. PAGE 208 of 213
Optional modules………………………………….. PAGE 209 of 213
Optional desk.……………………………………….. PAGE 210 of 213

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 11 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CONTENTS

CHAPTER TITLE Pages / links


NOTES Warning…………………………………………..… PAGE 211 of 213
X – ray protection………………………………….. PAGE 212 of 213
Revision history……………………………………. PAGE 213 of 213

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 12 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D9 JUMPERS ( unit )

LP3
A B

C D
LP1
E F

G F
LP4
K H

1
+ 1 point + 2 points with
with cone cone
2

A V 3

B V 2

C V 1

D V 0.5

E V 0
V V
F V 1 2

V38

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 13 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D11 JUMPERS ( unit )

1
S1 INITIALISATION OF S4
2

1 1
S2 FOR FREE RUN
2 S2 2

1
S3 RESET ( ONLY ON
2 X7.1....X7.2 )

1
TEST SWITCH FOR SOFTWARE
2 S4

1 WHEN J74 IS
FITTED
X3
WITH RAM
CONVERSION TYPE 2186
X4 NOT
PERMITTED WHEN
X5 EPROM TYPE
27256
CONVERSION
X6 NOT
PERMITTED
ONLY FOR
X7 TEST MODE
CONVERSION
X8 SAME AS X3

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 14 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D22 JUMPERS ( unit )

G H TUBE
RAPID

G H

J K
IH =1A IH = 1.8A

J K

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 15 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D23 JUMPERS ( unit )

I AH I AH

DURING FLURO USING large focus


WORKSTATION 1
programming of non-RAPID tube
WORKSTATION 2

X1 X1

A1 A2 A3 A4 A1 A2 A3 A4

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 16 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D25 JUMPERS ( unit )

1 2 3
K1 1 2 3

FOR POLYDOROS FOR POLYDOROS


50/80 100

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 17 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D31 AND D32 JUMPERS ( unit )

FOR UNIT DEPENDENT SYSTEM PROGRAMMING , SEE SIEMENS SETTING INSTRUCTION

Poste 1 Poste 2 Poste 3 Poste 4 Poste 5 Poste 6 Poste 7 Poste 8


G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8
Direction 1 RW1
Direction 2 RW2
Direction 3 RW3
Direction 4 RW4
Mammo MAMMO
Télécommande TELECOMMANDE
Scopie SCOPIE
0,6S 0,6S
K1 K1
Pupitre C-D
Satellite 1 S1-D
Satellite 2 S2-D

Tube 1 TUBE 1
Tube 2 TUBE 2
Tube 3 TUBE 3
Tube 4 TUBE 4
RP1 RP2 RP3 RP4 109 125 150 3
D31 Prom 1 Prom 2 Prom 3 Prom 4 kV max. kV max. kV max. 3 FOCUS

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 18 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D33 JUMPERS ( unit + desk )

b c b c

a a

fiber-optic cable interf.A fiber-optic cable interf.B

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 19 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D34 JUMPERS ( unit )

fiber-optic cable
LENGTH OF 8M

fiber-optic cable
LEGTH OF 16M

fiber-optic cable
LEGTH OF 24M

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 20 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D38 JUMPERS ( unit )

sircam console 106 C-Deck 103


1 1
sircam sircam
console console
present present

103 / 106 103 / 106

X3 X3

sircam console 103 C-Deck 106


1 1
sircam sircam
console console
present present

103 / 106 103 / 106

X3 X3

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 21 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D41 and D42 and D43 JUMPERS ( unit )

D41 2WR / 1WR S1 2WR / 1WR

FOR FOR
POLYDOROS POLYDOROS
50 / 80 100

D42 X1

FOR FOR
POLYDOROS POLYDOROS
50 / 80 100

SS1
D43

X1

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 22 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D50 and D52 JUMPERS ( unit )

D50 K1

D52 A B A B

C D C D

E F E F

50 HZ 60 HZ

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 23 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D54 and D55 JUMPERS ( unit )

D54

480 V 440 V 380 V


WITH 50HZ 415V
50 HZ X3
X4
X5

480 V 440 V 380 V


WITH 60HZ 415V
60 HZ X3
X4
X5

D55 B A
B
R

3 2 1 3 2 1

X2
400 MS 200 MS

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 24 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D59 JUMPERS ( unit )

X4 X4

normally SID

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 25 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D62 JUMPERS ( starter 9000 )

X1

Z1 1 PHASE

Z3 3 PHASES

P1 1 PHASE

P3 3 PHASES

60hz

50hz

480v

440v

415v

380v

X2 1 PHASE

3 PHASES

X3 1 PHASE

3 PHASES

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 26 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D66 / D67 JUMPERS ( starter 9000 )

BOARD
from K2.2 D66 from K2.2

X X6 X7 X6
5
X7 X
5

after extension on N82


BOARD
D67

after extension on N82


trm trm
N81 3 N81 3
2 2
N82 1 N82 0
0 1
<420v trm 0 <420v trm 0
anode>630g anode>630g
>420v trm 2 >420v trm 2
anode>850g anode>850g
trm 3 trm 3
anode>943g anode>943g
1 A trm1 1 A trm1
2 B anode <758g 2 B anode <758g

3 C 3 C

4 D 4 D

max. max.
drive. drive.
frequenc frequenc
y y

180hz 300hz 180hz 300hz


233hz 233hz
protection again protection again
exc;drive speed exc;drive speed
200hz 200hz

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 27 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D89 JUMPERS ( desk )

S1 S1

1 2 1 2
NORM FOR
SIGN ANALYSIS

S C S C
BER 7

BER 6
BER 5

BER 4

BER 3

BER 2
BER 1

AS C-deck X13 AS C-deck with


programs
B1 A1

X 16

1 2 3

X 18

1 2 3

AS S-deck with
AS S-deck
programs

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 28 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D164 A JUMPERS ( unit )

X4 X4

1 G6...G8 1 G6...G8

2 G4 + G5 2 G4 + G5

3 G3 3 G3

4 G1 + G2 4 G1 + G2

A B A B
KK1 CONNECTOR KK1 CONNECTOR
PROGRAMMED PROGRAMMED
AS KK1B AS KK1A

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 29 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D390 JUMPERS ( unit )

DIGIMATIC 1
POLYDOROS JUMPER X5
With EXCEPT VA1 A1 - B1 V = 1
HKDL
DPF A2 - B2 V = 2,5
FIRMWARE VA1
A4 - B4 V = 10

HKDL = high – contrast fluroscopy


DPF = digital pulsed fluroscopy

Jumper X4 open

DIGIMATIC 2
POLYDOROS JUMPER X5
With EXCEPT VA1 A1 - B1 V = 1
HKDL
DPF A2 - B2 V = 1
FIRMWARE VA1
A4 - B4 V = 4

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 30 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D610 JUMPERS ( unit )

F1 380V

F1 415V

F1 480V

F2 380V

F2 415V

F2 480V

F3 380V

F3 415V

F3 480V

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 31 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD D870 JUMPERS

FLUROSCOPY

NO AUTOMATIC
DISCONNECTION

FLUROSCOPY

AUTOMATIC DISCONNECTION
AFTER 10 MIN

FLUROSCOPY

AUTOMATIC DISCONNECTION
AFTER 5 MIN

FLUROSCOPY

NO AUTOMATIC
DISCONNECTION

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 32 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Programming D164 INTERFACE 220 V/24 V

UNIT 1 KK1B INTERFACE 24 V


UNIT 3 KK1A INTERFACE 220V

X4 A X4 B
1 G6+G7+G8
2 G4+G5
3 G3
4 G1+G2

PROGRAMMATION D23 COURANT DE CHAUFFAGE MAX. IH MAX

TUBE 1: BI 125/30/51 0.3 IH MAX. 8A

TUBE 2: OPTI 150/40/72 C 0.22 IH MAX. 5,5 A be very careful


AP1 AP2 AP3 AP4
X1
X1
A1 A2 A3 A4

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 33 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

PROGRAMMATION D67
VOLTAGE INPUT
INSERT THE BRIDGE <420V, >420V
MAXIMUN DRIVING FREQUENCY
MAX SPEED OF ANODE

180 HZ
STR1
STR2
STR3
STR4

MOMENT INERTIE ANODE DEPEND OF THE WEIGHT OF ANODE


TYPE OF ROTATING ANODE WEIGHT PLUG ON D67 TYPE
LOW INERTIA 630G TRMO TUBE 3 OPTI 12/50 HSG
MEDIUM HEAVY 700G TRM1 TUBE 4 BI 125/20/40 RL
HEAVY 800G TRM2 TUBE 2 BI 150/40/102
MEGALIX ROTATING 1500G TRM3 TUBE 1 MEGALIX 125/40/82

ASSIGNMENT RS CONTACTOR DIRECTION WITH RELAY

1 A
2 B
3 C
4 D

GUARD FREQUENCY Max. FREqUENCY

200 HZ
230 HZ

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 34 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

STARTUP OF GENERATOR

Before start-up:
The switch SS must be off on the service panel. The intermediate circuit are not supply at exposure release.
This is indicated on board D90 with the led V31.
PUT THE SERVICE SWITCH S1 ON POSITION 1 ON D63 (Starter TEST)

Start-up

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 35 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CHECKING PREHEATING ( tube 5.5a or 8A )

MESURE
LARGE FOCUS BOARD MULTIPLY NOMINAL VALUE ADJUST
POINT
IH SOLL KORR AP1 D24 Z18/X2.0V 1V = 1,5A 3A/4.5A R71
IH SOLL KORR AP2 D24 Z18/X2.0V 1V = 1,5A 3A/4.5A R72

CHECKING IH SOLL KOOR


SET BASIC SETTING IN RADIOGRAPHIC HEATING
Before adjustment AND check the balance of the board D24.

D24 IH SOLL IMAX IH SOLL KORR


D24 X2.D X2.A Z18
D24 X2.0V X2.0V X2.0V

All these values must be the same

CHECKING DELTA IH SOLL KOOR BASIC SETTING RADIOGRAPHIC BOOSTING


DELTA IH SOLL KORR MUST BE 0V before adjustment

IH SOLL KORR
D24 Z14
D24 X2.0V

CHECKING INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 36 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CHECKING PHASE SEQUENCE


The led V49 must be ON (D62 STARTER)

CHECKING THREE PHASE CURRENT BRIDGE ON M1


On board D51 the LED V111 to V116 must be light dimly. The led UZ on D90 must light up.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 37 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

PROCEDURE TUBE EXCHANGE: see service note :


SN S017 ref doc: 2274692 - 100

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 38 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CHECKING the intermediate circuit UZ


THE UZ ist must be 25 % higher than the nominal value UZ soll.
LARGE FOCUS KV MAS MS UZ min UZ max. POLYDOROS
UZ soll 81 20 100 4,386 4,214 80
UZ ist 81 20 100 5,13 5,67 80
UZ soll 81 20 100 4,59 4,41 100
UZ ist 81 20 100 5,32 5,88 100

CHECKING THE SCOPE


GRAPHIC SCOPIC HCF
URO IST 1V = 20 kV 1V = 20 kV 1V = 20 kV
IRO IST 1V = 200 MA 1V = 1 MA 1V = 2,5 ma
SWR Triggering Triggering Triggering

POTENTIOMETER PREHEATING, HEATING ON D24


POT AP FOCUS ADJ AP FOCUS ADJ POT AP FOCUS ADJ POT AP FOCUS ADJ
R12 4 LARGE IMAX R40 4 LARGE IMIN R61 4 LARGE BOOST R53 4 SMALL FLURO
R13 3 LARGE IMAX R41 3 LARGE IMIN R62 3 LARGE BOOST R54 3 SMALL FLURO
R14 2 LARGE IMAX R42 2 LARGE IMIN R63 2 LARGE BOOST R55 2 SMALL FLURO
R15 1 LARGE IMAX R43 1 LARGE IMIN R64 1 LARGE BOOST R56 1 SMALL FLURO
R16 4 SMALL IMAX R44 4 SMALL IMIN R65 4 SMALL BOOST
R17 3 SMALL IMAX R45 3 SMALL IMIN R66 3 SMALL BOOST
R18 2 SMALL IMAX R46 2 SMALL IMIN R67 2 SMALL BOOST
R19 1 SMALL IMAX R47 1 SMALL IMIN R68 1 SMALL BOOST

CHECKING THE MAS : PLUG THE MAS-METER TO THE BRIDGE MAS AND ADJUST THE FOLOWING VALUE
FOCUS kV MAS KW % PERMISSIBLE RANGE MAS ADJUST
LARGE 80 80 100 77 to 83 D9 R3
LARGE 80 10 100 9,8 TO 11
LARGE 80 200 100 192 TO 208,6
PLANIGRAPHIC TIME ON D360

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 39 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TOP CABINET
Starter
N81

N11

Service board
D90

M1

M16

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 40 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOTTOM CABINET

W1 / W2

M16

H1

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 41 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Error decoding DURING Initialising

When it is switched on, the microprocessor in the generator conducts certain test and initialisation routines. If an error is detected in one of these routines, the microprocessor evaluates.
the results are displayed on the 7 segment displays of D 11
The corresponding test must be then conducted with the aid of the trouble shooting

The displays must be interpreted as follows :

The MICROPROCESSOR Has deleted the D 71 indication aFter the + 5V voltage switch in, output.
An error bas been detected during the RAM test D71, 65

0 Horizontal checksum error detected in PROM D11, J27


10 Horizontal checksum error detected in PROM D11, J7
11 Horizontal checksum error detected in PROM D11, J47
13 Horizontal checksum error detected in PROM D11, J6
14 Horizontal checksum error detected in PROM D11, J26
15 Horizontal Checksum error detected in PROM D11, J46
16 Horizontal checksum error detected in the tube PROM 1 (D11/J67) or error in system programming 037
17 Horizontal checksum error detected in tube PROM 2 (D11/76) or error in system programming D37
18 Horizontal checksum error detected in tube PROM 3 (D11/J66) or error in system programming D31 detected
19 Horizontal checksum error detected in tube PROM 4 (D11/J75) or error in system programming D31 detected
20 Error detected during PCI test (Local-loop-back)but RAM ON D33A
21 Error detected during PCI test (Local-loop-back)but RAM ON D33B
30 Error in interrupt/timer (0)Test (D35/J10, J6)
35 Error in interrupt timer (1) Test (p35/J10, J6)
36 Error in interrupt/timer (2)Test (D35/J10, J6)
37 Error in interrupt/timer (0)Test D351/J10, J4)
+ 15 V –15 V/ + 24 V voltage acknowledge via D35 negative
NDE The cabinet does not recognise the LWl (liber-optic) interface (D33),(RAM test D33A, D33B not functioning or D33A, D33B not present) and executes a simplified program
mode in which only fluoroscopy mode from the service panel is allowed. The display is not active. Other modes (exposure released from the service panel or the unit, fluoroscopy from
the unit) trigger error messages.
The error is displayed on D11 and can be eliminated only by switching off the generator.
Display during deck initialisation
Upon completion of the test routines and alter the power supply has been connected (+15V,-15V,+24V).

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 42 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ERRORS BOOT
BOARD D11

1 X10 multi-pole plug


V11 V7
2
3
4
READY
5 DEFAULT RP4/RP1
TRACK ON
D300,D32,D15
S1 Test key INTERRUPT
REQUEST
D11,D32,D3 RP3
S2 Free Run switch 5

HALT
D11
ERROR RP2/tube Prom
S3 reset KEY

RP1(Only 1
V11,..,V14 FAULT micro P can be
selected)
V7,..,V10 FAULT micro P

V14 V10

5 J117

INDICATED

8 J118 FAULT NUMBER


ON D11

8 J119

D11

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 43 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Errors on D11

A bit pattern is transmitted cyclically during the test to the corresponding


deck and there it is immediately transmitted back to the cabinet processor.

After aprox. 1s, all transmission errors which were detected by the cabinet
processor during this test are displayed on the D11:

. 112 detected errors

J117 (hundreths position)

J118 (tenth position)

J119 (digit's position)

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 44 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ERROR MODE
a) Generator OFF
b) Firmware version deck and cabinet from VD 0
c) Open switch S4 on D89
d) Unplug D20 (tube heating) in N11
e) Actuate switch SS on D90
f) Generator ON
After initialization, the following display appears on the test deck:

80% 100% kV
kW kW
% kW mAs
ms
Programm Manual
Skull Skull Corv. vCorv. v - + H
- - + U
- - + D

- - +

Planigraphic Puck

If the data transmission is operating correctly, then the "lady" is switched on


On actuating the mAs + key, the test number in the mAs display panel counts up until the

afterwards. Only then are Tests 0-7 possible.

required test number 0-7 is reached.

Key Fonction + Display


mAs + Test number +1
Display ms = off
mAs - test number -1
Display ms = off

h) On actuating the ms + key, start is selected test.


The display appears in the ms display panel.

Key Fonction + Display


Test Start
ms +
Display ms = on
Test number -1
ms -
Display ms = off

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 45 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

START

OPEN DECK -

DOES BEAD NO SIGNATURE ANALYSIS


SWITCH S1 SET TO 'NORM'?/ B
CHAIN LIGHT S4 CLOSED ?
? CHECK THE POWER SUPPLY

YES

ERROR YES PROCEED ON THE BASIS OF


ERROR MESSAGE (DECK, D
MESSAGES
CABINET, DATA TRANS-
?
MISSION)

NO

OPEN CABINET - ERROR


PREFERRED NO MESSAGE D11? E
POSITION INDI- (PLEASE REFER TO DECODING
CATED? OF ERRORS FOR
? 'INITIALIZATION')
YES

IS ERROR YES PROCEED ON THE BASIS OF


MESSAGE
ERROR MESSAGE
ISSUED?
?

NO

CHECK THE KEYBOARD


CAN THE UNIT NO MODULE
BE OPERATED SCAN/RETURN
? SIGNALS

YES

CHECK DATA TRANS-


IS DECK NO MISSION ERROR WITH 'CA-
SELECTED BINET TEST 1';
HARDWARE IN THE DECK
? (LAMP TEST); TRIGGER DIS-
CONNECTED AT THE
S-DECK?
YES

WOMAN SYMBOL
LIGHTS

DUE = DATA TRANSMISSION CABINET - DECK

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 46 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ERROR LOCALIZATION

CABINET
OFF

S2 ON THE D11 SET TO NORMAL POSSIBLE CAUSES:


POSITION
+ 5V POWER SUPPLY
S4 ON THE D11 SET TO "0"
CPU DEFECT (D 11 J 22)
CABINET ON PROM DEFECT (D 11 J 27
D 11 J 7)
PORT DEFECT (D 11 J 72)
REMOVE TUBE ASSEMBLY PROMS
DOES THE D11 NO
HAVE A DISPLAY
WHICH CAN BE
EVALUATED

YES NO
SAME DEFECTS

YES
K
YES

REPLACE D11

DISPLAY YES
D11 = 3X
?

NO TEST THE CLOCK


FOR TIMEOUT

YES DISPLAY
DATA TRANS-
MISSION TEST D11 = 20
?

NO

DISCONNECT ALL INTER-


FACE BOARDS (ONLY
D11 CONNECTED !)

CHECK PRO-
GRAMMING YES DISPLAY D11
D11 VISUAL
STILL THE SAME
INSPECTION D11
?

NO

CONNECT THE BOARDS


IN ORDER UNTIL THE
ERROR OCCURS

TEST DEFECTIVE BOARD

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 47 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TROUBLE-SHOOTING CHART A
A

OPERATE EXPOSURE
ZB ON N TRIGGER IN
POSSIBLE CABINET;
? CHECK CABINET/DECK
TRIGGER CIRCUIT
J
FILAMENT BOOSTING;
ROTATING ANODE
STARTUP;
INTERMEDIATE
CIRCUIT CHARGING

CHECK IONTOMAT/MAS
HK ON N START MONITORING? GRID
POSSIBLE ACKNOWLEDGEMENT?
?
IS STARTED ACTUATED?
J
OUTPUT SWR
RADIATION SIGNAL

MONITORING?;
N
HIGH-VOLTAGE CHECK SET VALUE OUTPUT;
SS TEST ?

J
SWITCH-OFF
IONTOMAT/MAS, TIME,
TIME LIMIT MONITORING,
LIMIT ROT RETRIEVAL;
FAULT MESSAGE

IONTOMAT 7 MAS RELAY;


CORRECT N ACTUAL VALUE PICKOFF; TUBE
BLACKENING OR CORRECTLY SET? CURRENT
MAS? REGULATOR IN ORDER ?
EVALUATE FAULT.
J

POLYDOROS
SEVICEABLE

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 48 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TROUBLE - SHOOTING CHART


B

+ 5V
Y N
PRESENT
?
CHECK TRANSFOR-
Y +15V/+8.2V N MER, FUSE, POWER
PRESENT PACK, CONNECTION
?

APPLY SHUT-
ERROR DOWNS TO 0V
MESSAGE
Y
FROM THE
DECK
N VOLTAGE Y
? PRESENT
N ?

CHECK
CHECK TRANSFORMER, SHUT-DOWN
FUSE, POWER PACK, D89
CONNECTION
D89J12(FF)
FUNC-
TIONING
Y PROPERLY
?
N
D89 VISUAL INSPECTION
CHECK SIGNAL PATH,
IC MANUAL
POWER PACK LATCH,
PRINT-OUT
(SEE ERROR MESSAGE) SHUT-DOWNS

CHECK DISPLAY
BOARDS,
TOUCH BUTTONS

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 49 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TROUBLE - SHOOTING CHART

CHECK +/-15V / +24 V


POWER SUPPLY;
CHECK D35
DISPLAY Y
D11 = 40 MONITORING!
?
AFTER 2 SECS.,
THE UP RE-
N MOVES THE SWITCH-ON
SIGNAL!
TUBE PROM
VALID? SYSTEM
Y
PROGRAMMING
D31 PROGRAM- FAULTY
MING?
?
N

LOAD DECKS (D 11
DISPLAY; C(S/S)

D31: DECK PROGRAM?


IS C (S/S) N
D33: PROGRAMMING (A/B)
DISPLAYED
D33: TEST
?

IS C (S/S) N DATA TRANSMISSION


DISPLAYED ('DUE - TEST')

?
Y

DISPLAY GOES BLANK


AFTER 2 SECS.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 50 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TROUBLESHOOTING CHART

PROCEED ACCORDING TO ERROR


NUMBER FROM THE DECK.
ERROR NUM- Y
VISUALLY CHECK DECK BOARDS.
BER FROM THE
TEST KEYBOARD MODULE.
DECK? RETURN/SCANS

ERROR
Y
NUMBER DUE
'DATA TRANSMISSION TEST'
?

CABINET TEST ACCORDING


TO ERROR NUMBER

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 51 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

DISPLAY MEANING
1 ERROR INDICE A
6 ERROR INDICE A + RAM ERROR
7 ERROR INDICE A + TIMER ERROR
9 ERROR INDICE A + NO UNIT SELECTED
10 THE FOLLOWING MAY OCCUR :
A) WHEN TRYING TO STORE A PROGRAM OR AN OPTION IN THE EEPROM (D89 ;J33)
B) ONCE WHEN TRYING TO UPDATE THE SHOT COUNTER IN THE EEPROM AT THE END OF AN EXPOSURE BEFORE THE NEXT GENERATOR
OFF/ON CAUSE : EEPROM DEFECT (D89.J33)
11 ERROR INDICE A
12 ERROR INDICE A
13 ERROR INDICE A
14 ERROR INDICE A
15 ERROR INDICE A
16 ERROR INDICE A
17 ERROR INDICE A
20 ERROR INDICE A + DIAMENTOR INTERFACE, TUBE LOAD COMPUTER INTERFACE OK
30 ERROR INDICE B
31 ERROR INDICE B
32 ERROR INDICE B
33 ERROR INDICE B
34 ERROR INDICE B
35 ERROR INDICE B
36 ERROR INDICE B
39 ERROR INDICE A + B + CABINET IS ON STOP (V13 ON D11 LIGHTS UP)

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 52 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

40 ERROR INDICE B
41 ERROR INDICE B
42 ERROR INDICE B
43 ERROR INDICE B
44 ERROR INDICE B
45 ERROR INDICE B
46 ERROR INDICE B
50 PRIMER QUERY WITH ZB OFF POSITIVE
(D7 (READY) = 0, D6 ACK = 1 )
DURING PROGRAM PROCESSING FOR PRINTER (ADDR DO 18),
TIMEOUT OCCURS IF D7 = 1, D6 = 1 -> DEFECT ON DATA CONNECTION TO PRINTER..
51 COMPUTER CONNECTION(RSS) ERROR DURING INITIALIZATION, THE DECK COULD NOT RECEIVE ANY CORRECT TEST BLOCK FROM THE
RSS, THEREFORE RSS IS NOT PRESENT.
IT IS POSSIBLE TO DELETE THE ERROR WITH ZB.

52 COMPUTER CONNECTION (RSS) ERROR THE DECK HAS RECEIVED A DEFECTIVE BLOCK FROM THE RSS. THE RSS IS PRESENT. IT IS
POSSIBLE TO DELETES THE ERROR WITH ZB.
53 COMPUTER CONNECTION (RSS) ERROR DURING INITIALIZATION, THE RSS COULD NOT RECEIVE ANY CONFIRMATION OF THE TEST BLOCK
SENT TO THE DECK, THEREFORE RSS IS NOT PRESENT_ IT IS POSSIBLE TO DELETE THE ERROR WITH ZB.
54 COMPUTER CONNECTION (RSS) ERROR DURING INITIALIZATION, THE DECK COULD NOT RECEIVE ANY TEST BLOCK FROM THE
RSS,THEREFORE RSS IS NOT PRESENT. IT IS POSSIBLE TO DELETE THE ERROR WITH ZB.
55 SLOT IS SELECTED BUT PLAN IONTOMAT (D5) IS NET PRESENT (D32.B10 MUST BE OV IF D5 IS PRESENT)
80 CHECKSUM ERROR IN PROM J24 DETETTED (D89) (CHECK CONTACTS)
81 CHECKSUM ERRER IN PROM J25 DETECTED D(D89) (CHECK CONTACTS)
82 CHECKSUM ERROR IN PROM J26 DETECTED (D89)(CHECK CONTACTS)

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 53 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

100 ERROR INDICE B + NO FL RELEASE FROM C DECK, AFTER FL 0N CABINET HAS SENT

101 IRO > IRO REF (DISPLAY D25)OR URO IST NOT = URO SOLL (DISPLAY D42) OR CURRENT MEASURING CIRCUIT CHANGEOVER NOT OK

102 IH ACTUAL NOT = IH REF (DISPLAYS D25 AND D7) IN THE CASE OF SHORT CIRCUIT IN THE FILAMENT INVERTER, NO DISPLAY APPEARS.

103 SS CONTACTOR HAS NOT PULLED UP OR WITH CONNECTION OF ZB.DOOR CONTACT VIA ASK 16.

104 ERROR UZ = UZ RE, HAS BEEN DETECTED 6Y INTERMEDIATE MONITORING ON D55 ( UZMIN, UZMAX.3~MoNIToRING, ID.MAX )

106 ERROR INDICE B + AFTER ZB ON (FROM THE UNIT, THE DECK DOES NOT TRANSMIT ANY DATA BLOCK TO THE CABINET OTHER DECK
SELECTED? LIMIT BEFORE?

109 ERROR IN THE INPUT CIRCUIT FOR THE RADIATION MESSAGE DURING INITIALIZATION.CHECKING THE SIGNAL PATH (D45, D40, D30/D300,
D35)

110 THE JH MAX. REQUIRED VALUE READ BACK LIES OUTSIDE THE ± 200 MV TOLERANCE OFTHE OUTPUT JHMAX.REQUIRED VALUE.
ADJUSTMENT D30/D300 OK?
TESTS WITH TEST PROGRAMS FOR D30/D300 OK?

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 54 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

111 THE JH REQUIRED VALUE READ BACK LIES OUTSIDE THE ± 200 MV TOLERANCE OF THE OUT PUT JH REQUIRED VALUE.ADJUSTMENT
D30/D300 OK? TESTS WITH TEST PROGRAMS FOR D30/D300 OK?

112 THE VZ REQUIRED VALUE READ BACK LIES OUTSIDE THE ± 150 MV TOLERANCE OF THE OUTPUT VZ REQUIRED VALUE.ADJUSTMENT
D30/D300 OK? TESTS WITH TEST PROGRAMS FOR D30/D300 OK?

113 THE V TUBE REQUIRED VALUE READ BACK LIES OUTSIDE THE ±200 MV TOLERANCE OF THE OUTPUT V TUBE REQUIRED
VALUE.ADJUSTMENT D30/D300 OK? TESTS WITH TEST PROGRAMS FAR D30/D300 OK?

114 ERROR IN THE A/D TRANSFORMER CIRCUIT (ANALOG MUX, SH, ALE CONVERTER) 0 V AND + 15 V ARE MONITORED.
ADJUSTMENT D30/D300 OK? TESTS WITH TEST PROGRAMS FOR D30/D300 OK?

115 THE JTUBE REQUIRED VALUE READ BACK LIES OUTSIDE THE ±200 MV TOLERANCE OF THE OUT J TUBE REQUIRED VALUE.ADJUSTMENT
D30/D300 OK? TESTS WITH TEST PROGRAMS FOR D30/D300 OK?

116 STARTER UNIT ERROR DURING CPNTINUED OPERATION OF THE TUBE.ERROR NUMBER 10/53/58/35 IN THE STARTER UNIT (N81)_

117 ERROR TO OR IN THE STARTER UNIT AFTER ZB/ANL D30/D300. D14 (D30/D300 D14) FLUORO; (D30/D300.F30) HAS BEEN ISSUED.

118 ERROR IN STARTER UNIT (N81)? ERROR TO OR IN THE STARTER UNIT BEFORE ZB/ANL D30/D300. D 14 FLUORO (D30/D300.F30) HAS BEEN
ISSUED. ERROR NUMBER 54/01 IN THE STARTER N81
119 ERROR IN THE RUN UP PHASE OF THE TUBE ERROR NUMBER 51/58/53/34 IN THE STARTER UNIT N81.

121 ERROR INDICE C


122 ERROR INDICE C
123 ERROR INDICE C
124 ERROR INDICE C
125 ERROR INDICE B + C
128 ERROR INDICE B
129 ERROR INDICE B
130 ERROR INDICE B

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 55 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

131 - 132 ERROR INDICE B


133 ERROR INDICE B
134 ERROR INDICE B
135 ERROR INDICE B
140 ERROR INDICE B
141 ERROR INDICE B
142 ERROR INDICE B
143 ERROR INDICE B
144 ERROR INDICE B
145 ERROR INDICE B
146 ERROR INDICE B + PROBLEM WITH OIL PRESSURE SWITCH (CONNECTER X4 ON D360 OR D31 (DEFECTS ON X2.F8)
160 ERROR WITH FL UNIT SELECTED UNIT IS NOT FL UNIT CHECK PROGRAMMING D31
161 NO K1 PLUG HAS BEEN PROGRAMMED ON D31
162 NO DECK HAS BEEN PROGRAMMED ON D32
163 NO IONTOMAT CHAMPER HAS BEEN PROGRAMMED ON D32
164 TUBE PROM IS MISSING
170 ERROR IN INTERFACE TO DIGIMATIC (D39) OR IN DIGIMATIC Z1 1 5), INVALID CODE ON KV OR MA BUS
180 ERROR DURING DECODING THE FL MODE
181 FLUOROSCOPIC INTERFACE D36 IS MISSING OR DEFECTIVE
184 IONTOMAT INTERFACE D32 IS MISSING OR DEFECTIVE
185 ERROR INDICE C
186 ERROR INDICE C
191 ERROR DURING PROM TEST OF J3 ON D15
192 ERROR DURING TIMER TEST OF J8 ON D15
193 ERROR IN INTERFACE TO TUBE IOAD COMPUTER (D11/D15)
194 ERROR IN INTERFACE ON TUBE LOAD COMPUTER (D11/D15)
195 ERROR IN INTERFACE ON TUBE LOAD COMPUTER (D11/D15)
196 ERROR IN INTERFACE TO TUBE LOAD COMPUTER (D11/015)
197 ERROR IN INTERFACE ON TUBE LOAD COMPUTER (D11/D15)
198 ERROR IN INTERFACE ON TUBE LOAD COMPUTER (D11/D15)
199 ERROR IN INTERFACE ON TUBE LOAD COMPUTER (D11/D15)

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 56 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

200 SHORT CIRCUIT INVERTER 3 SHORT CIRCUITS ARE DETECTED WITHIN 1 SEC CABLE INTERFERENCES?

201 UNIT PROGRAMMING ERROR D31, G1


202 UNIT PROGRAMMING ERROR D31, G2
203 UNIT PROGRAMMING ERROR D31, G3
204 UNIT PROGRAMMING ERROR D31, G4
205 UNIT PROGRAMMING ERROR D31. G5
206 UNIT PROGRAMMING ERROR D31, G6
207 UNIT PROGRAMMING ERROR D31, G7
208 UNIT PROGRAMMING ERROR D31, G8
209 TUBE PRAGRAMMING ERROR D31, TUBE 1
210 TUBE PROGRAMMING ERROR D31, TUBE 7
211 TUBE PROGRAMMING ERROR D31, TUBE 3
212 TUBE PROGRAMMING ERROR D31, TUBE 4
213 TOO MANY UNITS ON TEST C DECK HAVE BEEN PROGRAMMED TO D31
214 MORE THAN 2 UNITS ON S1 DECK HAVE BEEN PROGRAMMED TO D31
215 MORE THAN 2 UNITS ON S2 DECK HAVE BEEN PROGRAMMED TO D31
221 ERROR INDICE B
222 ERROR INDICE B
224 ERROR INDICE B
225 ERROR INDICE B
226 NO TUBE PROM FOR 3 LOCUS TUBE WITH
PROGRAMMED 3 FOCUS TUBE ON D31
228 ADJUSTED KV VALUE > KV VALUE IN TUBE PROM D81 CHECK PROGRAMMING
229 PROGRAMMED KV ON D31 > MAXIMUM KV IN TUBE PROM
240 WITH MAMMOMAT, KV >49 KV

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 57 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

241 KV LIMIT PROG EXCEEDED PROGRAMMED KV ON D31 EXCEEDED


242 INITIAL LOAD TOO LONG
243 IROE ACTUAL VALUE OUTSIDE PLUS TOLERANCE TEST D30/D300 OK?
244 IROE ACTUAL VALUE OUTSIDE MINUS TOLERANCE TEST D30/D300 OK?
245 ERROR LOAD COMPUTATION 1
KV VALUE IS NOT STORED IN THE IROE PROM
246 ERROR LOAD COMPUTATION 2
KV VALUE IS NOT STORED IN THE IROE PROM
247 ERROR LOAD COMPUTATION 3 WITH 3 POINT TECHNIQUE IS THE ADJUSTED TIME < PERMISSIBLE TIME

248 ERROR LOAD COMPUTATION 4 TUBE CURRENT VALUE IS NOT STORED IN THE IROE PROM

249 NO POLYDOROS IDENTIFICATION HAS BEEN PROGRAMMED


250 ERROR INDICE C
251 ERROR INDICE C
252 ERROR INDICE C
253 ERROR INDICE C
254 ERROR INDICE C
255 ERROR INDICE C

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 58 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ERROR INDICE A :
D89 DEFECTIVE
CONTACT PROBLEMS (BASE) ON D89
POWER SUPPLY DECK
ERROR B : Data transmission error cabinet- deck
Perform test 21
Possible error causes :detect contact problems (base, D340)
D340 defective
power supply

cabinet:D11 defective D33 / D340 defective power supply

FOC connection cabinet-desk

ERROR INDICE C : Cabinet error


Possible error causes:
D11 defective
contact problems (base) on D 11
power supply

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 59 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

PROCEDURE:

Power off the generator and withdraw board D21 and all bus controlled boards, with the following
exception. The error can be caused by one of the board: follow step by step :

• D11 : central unit : the display counts up to 19



• D11+D30 : unite interface : the display counts up to 30

• D11+D30+D33 : optical fiber interface : the display counts up to 30

• D11+D30+D33+D35 : interrupt time control : the display counts up to 40

• D11+D31+D33+D35+D30 : generator interface : blanking

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 60 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

DUE - TEST : INDICATION OF THE DATA TRANSMISSION CABINET DESK


REPETITION DURING OPERATION

PREREQUISITES ARE : A) HEX SWITCH D 11 . S4 INTO POSITION 0

(NORMAL POSITION)

B) GENERATOR

C) DURING CURRENT OPERATION TURN HEX

SWITCH D 11 . ( S4 INTO POSITION 1 )

IF A FAULT OCCURS DURING THE DUE, THE DUE IS REPEATED (FIRST REPETITION). IF THIS FIRST REPEATED
DUE ALSO NOT IN ORDER, THE DUE IS REPEATED ONCE AGAIN (SECOND REPETITION). IF THE SECOND
REPEATED DUE IS ALSO NOT IN ORDER, THE DUE IS STARTED FOR THE LAST TIME. IF THE DUE IS ALSO NOT
TERMINATED CORRECTLY, AN ERROR MESSAGE IS OUTPUT (INDICATION IN THE SEGMENT DISPLAYS OF D11
IN THE CABINET FOR APROX. 2 SEC. + IN THE DECK).

INDICATION OF DUE REPETITIONS ON D11 (NUMBER)

1ST DEPRESSION OF S1 ON D 11: FIRST REPETITIONS ON TRANSMITTING

2ND DEPRESSION OF S1 ON D 11: SECOND REPETITIONS ON TRANSMISSION

3RD DEPRESSION OF S1 ON D 11: FIRST REPETITIONS ON RECEIVING

4TH DEPRESSION OF S1 ON D 11: SECOND REPETITIONS ON RECEIVING

5TH DEPRESSION OF S1 ON D 11: DELETION OF D 11 DISPLAY

IF SEVERAL DECKS ARE CONNECTED TO THE GENERATOR, THEN THE SUM OF ALL DUE REPETITIONS WHICH

OCCUR IN COMMUNICATIONS WITH THE DECKS (ALSO S1 AND S2 DECK) STANDS IN THE DISPLAY ON THE D 11.

THE FOLLOWING DIAGRAM REPRESENTS THE DUE REPETITION SEQUENCE IN A FLOW CHART. THE NUMBER
OF FIRST AND SECOND REPETITIONS CAN BE INDICATED AS FOLLOWS:

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 61 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

DUE-TEST: DISPLAY OF THE DUE RERUNS

DUE - START

DUE OK?
Y
N
FIRST RETURN DUE-START

DUE OK? Y

N
SECOND RETURN DUE-START

DUE OK? Y

LAST DUE-START

DUE OK? Y

N
DISPLAY OF A DUE
ERROR-CABINET/DECK

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 62 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST PROGRAMS WHICH ARE SELECTED AT THE DECK


open S4 on D89

TEST FUNCTION
THESE
0 I H MAX TEST (8-BIT D/A) TEST PROGRAMS
TEST POINT: X2D30 ON D30, NOTE TEST 7 IN THIS RESPECT ARE REQUIRED
ONLY FOR D30
1 I H NOMINALTEST (8-BIT D/A)
TEST POINT: X2D22 ON D30

2 U Z NOMINALTEST (8-BIT D/A)


TEST POINT: X2.D16 ON D30

3 U ROE NOMINALTEST (10-BIT D/A)


TEST POINT: X2.Z10 ON D30

4 I ROE NOMINALTEST (16-BIT D/A)


TEST POINT: X2.F20 ON D30

5 CALIBRATION A/D CONDVERTER TO 5V WITH


7-SEGMENT DISPLAY ON D30; R32
UA > 5V UA = 5V UA < 5V

6 OFFSET CALIBRATION SAMPLE AND HOLD AMPLIFIER VIA R 31;


TEST POINT: PIN 5 J64 D 30 AGAINST X2.B32 0N D30

7 FACILITATE ALL ANALOG OUTPUTS ON D30

8 - 21 FREE

21

22 FREE
TEST OF THE DATA TRANSMISSION PATH WITH TEST PROGRAM (DISPLAY D11) OR
23
OSCILOSCOPE. CONNECT PCI IN THE DECK (D89.J45) SO THAT A RECIVED SYMBOL
FROM THE CABINET IS IMMEDIATELY TRANSMITTED BACK TO THE CABINET.

24 READ OUT AND DELETE SHOT COUNTER IN THE DECK


25 - 40 FREE

ERROR READ-OUT IN THE DECK: THE LAST 20 ERRORS CAN BE READ OUT AND DELETED.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 63 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

KEY FUNCTIONS FOR TEST PROGRAMS

KEY FUNCTION + DISPLAY

MAS + PROGRAM NUMBER + 1


DISPLAY MS = OFF

MAS - PROGRAM NUMBER - 1


DISPLAY MS = OFF

MS + PROGRAM - START
DISPLAY MS = OFF

MS - PROGRAM - STOP
DISPLAY MS = OFF

KV OR ZB ERROR DELETION AT THE DECK

IF A DUE-ERROR OCCURS DURING THE TEST


MODE, THIS CAN BE DELETED WITH ZB OR
WITH THE KV + BUTTON.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 64 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST PROGRAMS WHICH ARE SELECTED AT THE DECK


1. TEST 21: DATA TRANSMISSION TEST WITH TEST PROGRAM AND OSCILLOSCOPE
PREREQUISITE:
A) GENERATOR OFF
B) FIRMWARE VERSION DECK AND CABINET AS FORM VDO
C) OPEN SWITCH S4 ON D89, S1 IN POSITION NORM
S4 = 2 C-DECK CABINET
S4 = 3 S1-DECK CABINET
S4 = 4 S2-DECK CABINET

D) TURN THE HEXADECIMAL SWITCH ON D11 (S4) TO THE REQUIRED POSITION (2, 3 OR 4)
E) DISCONECT THE D74, 24V MAINS POWER SUPPLY MODULE
F) DISCONNECT D20 (TUBE HEATING) IN THE N11
G) SET SWITCH SS OFFTO D90
H) GENERATOR ON
ERROR 54 IS PENDING IN THE N81.
THE FOLLOWING DISPLAY APPEARS AT THE TEST DECK:

80% 100%
KW KV
KW
% KW MAS
MS

PROGRAMM MANUAL
SKULL SKULL - + H
- - + U
- - + D

- - + - +

PUCK

I) USING THE MAS + KEY AT THE DECK, INCREMENT THE TEST NUMBER 21 IS DISPLAYED
DISPLAY ON THE MAS
J) PRESS MS+ KEY. THIS PRODUCES ON THE MS DISPLAY, I. E. TEST 21 IS SELECTED.
K) BRIEFLY PRESS THE RESET KEY S3 ON D11. DISPLAY D11 IS BLANKED. AFTER
APPROXIMATELY 1 SECOND,
THE FOLLOWING APPEARS ON THE THREE 7-SEGMENT DISPLAYS:

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 65 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST 23: READ OUT FAULT STORAGE


PREREQUISITE:
A) GENERATOR OFF
B) FIRMWARE VERSION DECK FORM VDO
C) OPEN SWITCH S4 ON D89
D) SET SWITCH S1 ON D89 TO POSITION NORM
E) WITHDRAW D20 (TUBE HEATING) IN N11
F) SS OFF ON D90
G) GENERATOR ON

80% 100%
KW KW KV
% KW MAS
MS
PROGRAMM MANUAL
SKULL SKULL - + H
- - + U
- - + D

- - + - +

PLANIGRA PUCK

TEST 23 BY ACTUATING THE MAS + KEY

KEY FUNCTION + DISPLAY


MAS + PROGRAM NUMBER +1
DISPLAY MS = OFF
MAS - PROGRAM NUMBER -1
DISPLAY MS = OFF

THE DISPLAY APPEARS IN THE MS DISPLAY FIELD.


KEY FUNCTION + DISPLAY
MS + PROGRAM - START
DISPLAY MS = ON

MS - PROGRAM - STOP
DISPLAY MS = OFF

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 66 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST 23: READING OUT THE FAULT STORAGE

WHEN TEST 23 IS SWITCH ON, THE FOLLOWING DISPLAY APPEARS

80% 100%
KW
KW KW
% KW MAS error number

MS CONSECITIVE NUMBER
TOTAL NUMBER OF FAULTS
PROGRAMM MANUAL

SKULL SKULL - + H

- - + U

- - + D

- - + - +

PLANIGR PUCK

ERROR NUMBER FAULT OCCURING ACCORDING


TO FAULT SIGNAL

CONSECUTIVE NUMBER 20 = LATEST FAULT


1 = OLDEST FAULT

KEYS: +/- : NEXT OR PREVIOUS FAULT OCCURING


+/- MAS : ONWARD SWITCHING OF TEST
M :DELETING ALL FAULTS WHICH HAVE OCCURED

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 67 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST 24: EXPOSURE COUNTER READOUT


TEST 24: READ OUT SHOT COUNTER
THIS TEST ENABLES THE NUMBER OF SHOTS (MAX. 999 900) TO BE READ OUT
PER X-RAY UNIT
AND DELETED.
PREREQUISITE:

A) GENERATOR OFF
B) FIRMWARE VERSION DECK FORM VDO
C) OPEN SWITCH S4 ON D89
D) SET SWITCH S1 ON D89 TO POSITION NORM
E) WITHDRAW D20 (TUBE HEATING) IN N11
F) SS OFF ON D90
G) GENERATOR ON
AFTER INITIALIZATION, THE FOLLOWING DISPLAY APPEARS ON THE TEST DECK:

80% 100%
KW KW KV

% KW MAS

MS

PROGRAMM MANUAL
SKULL SKULL H
- +

- - + U

- - + D

- - + - +

PLANIGR PUCK

H) THE TEST NUMBER IN THE MAS DISPLAY PANEL CAN BE COUNTED


TEST 24 OBTAINED BY ACTUATING THE MAS + KEY.

KEY FUNCTION + DISPLAY


MAS + PROGRAM NUMBER +1
DISPLAY MS = OFF
MAS - PROGRAM NUMBER -1
DISPLAY MS = OFF

I) START THE TEST 24 REQUIRED BY PRESSING THE MS + KEY

KEY FUNCTION + DISPLAY


MS + PROGRAM - START
DISPLAY MS = ON
MS - PROGRAM - STOP
DISPLAY MS = OFF

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 68 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST 24: READING OUT THE CONTENTS OF THE SHOT COUNTER

THE FOLLOWING DISPLAY APPEAR IF TEST 24 IS SWITCHED ' ON '

80% 100%
KW KW KW

% KW MAS

MS WORKSTATION
SHORT NUMBER/100
PROGRAMM MANUAL
SKULL SKULL H
- +
- - + U

- - + D

- - + - +

PLANIGR PUCK

SHORT NUMBER THE NUMBER ON THE MS DISPLAY MULTIPLIED BY


100 PROVIDES THE

SHOT NUMBER
E.G. DISPLAY = 23400 SHOTS

WORKSTATION : FOUR WORKSTATION (TUBES) WITH +/- BLACKENING CAN BE RE-


CALLED IF WORKING AT A WORKSTATION WITH MORE THAN ONE DECK,
THE SHOTS MUST BE READ OUT AND ADDED SEPARATELY

KEYS: +/- : ADVANCE WORKSTATION


+/- MAS : ADVANCE TEST
: CLEAR NUMBER OF SHOTS FOR INDICATED WORKSTATION.
M
( THIS MUST BE CARRIED OUT EVEN IF DISPLAY 0 APPEARS
SINCE THIS IS THE ONLY METHOD OF ACHIEVING A SAFE
STARTING CONDITION ).

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 69 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST 25: READING THE OVERLOAD UNIT COUNTER


WITH THIS TEST, THE OVERLOAD UNITS (MAX. 9999) FOR EACH WORKSTATION
CAN BE READ OUT.

PREREQUISITE:
A) GENERATOR OFF
B) FIRMWARE VERSION/DECK FORM VF2
C) OPEN SWITCH S4 ON D89
D) SET SWITCH S1 ON D89 TO POSITION NORM
E) IN N11, REMOVE D20 (FILAMENT HEATING)
F) ON D90, SS OFF
G) GENERATOR ON
AFTER INITIALIZATION, THE FOLLOWING DISPLAY APPEARS ON THE TEST DECK:

80% 100%
K K KV
W W%
KW MAS
MS

PROGRAMM MANUAL
- + H
- - + U
- - + D

- - + - +

PUCK

H) BY ACTUATION OF THE MAS + KEY, THE TEST NUMBER IN THE MAS


DISPLAY PANEL CAN
BE COUNTED UP AND THUS THE DESIRED TEST 25 CAN BE ATTAINED.
KEY FUNCTION + DISPLAY
MAS + PROGRAM NUMBER +1
MS DISPLAY = OFF
MAS - PROGRAM NUMBER -1
MS DISPLAY = OFF
I) BY PUSHING THE MS + KEY, THE DESIRED TEST 25 CAN BE STARTED.

IN THE MS DISPLAY PANEL, THE DISPLAY APPEARS.

KEY FUNCTION + DISPLAY


MS + PROGRAM START
MS DISPLAY = ON
MS - PROGRAM STOP
MS DISPLAY = OFF

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 70 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST 25: READING THE OVERLOAD UNIT COUNTER

80% 100% K
K K
W
W W%
MAS
KW
MS WORKSTATIO
N
OVERLOAD
UNITS
PROGRAMM MANUAL

- + H

- - + U

- - + D

- - + - +

PUCK

OVERLOAD UNITS:
THE NUMBER OF THE OVERLOAD UNITS APPEARS IN THE MS DISPLAY:

E.G. DISPLAY = 234 OVERLOAD UNITS

WORKSTATION: BLACKENING
IT IS POSSIBLE TO CALL UP FOUR WORKSTATIONS (TUBES) WITH +/-

IF WORK IS CARRIED OUT AT ONE WORKSTATION WITH MORE THAM ONE


SINGLE DECK, THE OVERLOAD UNITS MUST BE SEPARATELY READ OUT
AND ADDED.

KEYS: +/- : ADVANCE WORKSTATION


+/- MAS : ADVANCE TEST
DEFINITION: OVERLOAD UNIT
IF DURING AN EXPOSURE OR WITH A FLUOROSCOPY, PULSED FLUOROSCOPY,
CINE OR DSA SCENE,
THE % HU THRESHOULD PROGRAMMED UNDER OPTION 6 IS EXCEEDED
AND/OR STARTED ABOVE,
THE OVERLOAD UNIT COUNTER IS ANCREASED BY 1.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 71 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST D30 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS


TROUBLE-SHOOTING AND ALIGNMENT IN THE ANALOG ON OR OUTPUT CIRCUIT OF THE CPU D30

1. PRINCIPLES

IN THE NORMAL GENERATOR MODE, THE APPROPRIATE ANALOG VALUE IS READ BACK ON THE OCCASION OF
EVERY ANALOG OUTPUT OF THE P AFTER VIA THE ANALOG MULTIPLEXER J56 AFTER WRITING INTO THE
APPROPRIATE D-A CONVERTER. TF THE P DISCOVERS A GREATER DEVIATION BETWEEN THE READ-IN AND
READ-OUT VALUES THAN + 3% + 2 DIGITS OR - 3 % - 2 DIGITS, AN ERROR MESAGE IS OUTPUT (ERROR
NUMBER 110-115, SEE ERROR MESSAGES FROM THE CABINET). IN ADDITION, DURING STARTUP, WHEN THE
IH MAX VALUE IS FOUND TO BE ERRONEOUS, THE A-D CONVERTER CIRCUIT IS CHECKED. THIS INVOLVES READING
BACK 0V, + 5V AND + 15V AND CHECKING THEM. IF A FAULT IS DISCOVERED IN THE A-D CONVERTER CIRCUIT,
ERROR NUMBER 114 IS OUTPUT, IF NOT 110. THE OUTPUT ON D30 IS THERE UPON DISABLED ( ALL DIGITAL
OUTPUTS GO TO LOGIC 'H').

THE FOLLOWING TEST PROGRAMS ARE POSSIBLE:

TESTIC-NR. FUNCTION
0 IH MAX TEST (8-BIT D/A)
MEASURING POINT: X2.D30 ON D30, NOTE TEST 7
1 IH SOLL TEST (8-BIT D/A)
MEASURING POINT: X2.D22 ON D30

2 UZ SOLL TEST (8-BIT D/A)


MEASURING POINT: X2.D16 ON D30
3 UROE SOLL TEST (10-BIT D/A)
MEASURING POINT: X2.Z10 ON D30
IROE SOLL TEST (16-BIT D/A)
4
MEASURING POINT: X2.F20 ON D30

5 A-D CONVERTER ADJUSTMENT TO 5V WITH


7-SEGMENT DISPLAY ON D30; R32
UA > 5V UA = 5VUA < 5V

6 OFFSET ADJUSTMENT, SAMPLE AND-HOLD AMPLIFIER BY R31

7 MEASURING POINT: PIN 5 J64 D 30 WITH RESPECT TO X2.B32 ON D30


FACILITATE ALL ANALOG OUTPUTS ON D30, SET NOMINAL VALUE TO ZERO.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 72 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST D30 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS

DESCRIPTION OF THE TEST

TEST 0-4: D-A CONVERT TEST


A RAMP RISING FROM 0 TO 10 V IS OUTPUT ON D30 ON THE APPROPRIATE
D-A CONVERTER

(SEE TROUBLE SHOOTING IN THE D-A CONVERTER, PART D30).

TEST 5: BEFORE A-D CONVERTER J72 CAN BE ALIGNED, THE OFFSET THE
SAMPLE-AND-HOLD AMPLIFIER
SHOULD FIRST BE ALIGNED WITH TEST 6. THEN ALIGN
WITH TEST 5 THE A-D CONVERTER
WITH R32. THE P THEREBY INDICATES ON THE DISPLAY ON D30
WHETHER BALANCING HAS
BEEN ACHIEVED OR NOT. (SEE CHECKING OF D-A CONVERTER)

BALANCE:

TEST 6: OFFSET ALIGNMENT SAMPLE-AND-HOLD BALANCED TO 0V WITH R31


(DIGITAL VOLTMETER) (SEE CHECKING OF A-D CONVERTER).

TEST 7: IF AFTER SWITCHING ON THE J HTHE


MAXD-A CONVERTER (D30.J70) IS
FOUND DEFECTIVE,
ALL ANALOG OUTPUTS ARE DISABLED FOR SAFETY REASONS.
IN ORDER NEVERTHELESS TO BE
ABLE TO CARRY OUT TESTS 0-4. ALL ANALOG OUTPUTS MUST FIRST
BE ENABLED WITH TEST 7.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 73 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST D30 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS


TROUBLESHOTING IN D/A CONVERTER. SECTION D30 CORRESPONDING TO TESTS 0 - 4.

DISCONNECTED THE CORRESPONDING STRAPS ON THE EXTENSION BOARD IN


ORDER TO AVOID LOADING BY THE FOLLOWING INPUTS.

HMAX
I TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH TEST 0.

A) CORRECTLY FUNCTIONING D/A


CONVERTER
2V 2MS
100
90 0V OUTPUT IN THE CASE OF CORRECTLY
FUNCTIONING D/D CONVERTER
E.G. J H MAX D30/X2.D30

10
0%
-10V

B) DEFECTIVE D/A
CONVERTER
2V 2MS
100
90 0V OUTPUT IN THE CASE OF DEFECTIVE D/A
CONVERTER J70.8 ( = JDB3) HAS BEEN
DISCONNECTED FOR SIMULATION IN THIS
CASE.
DISPLAYS OF THIS TYPE MAY RESULT FROM
DEFECTIVE D/A CONVERTERS OR DEFECTIVE
10 OPTOCOUPLERS IN THE D30-INTERNAL
0% DATA BUS (J19-J22, J29-J32)
-10V

2V 2MS
100
90 0V POSSIBLE OUTPUT IN THE CASE OF
DEFECTIVE D/A CNVERTER.

10
0%
-10V

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 74 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST D30 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS


ERROR LOCALISATION IN MULTIPLEXER - PART D30 FOLLOWING TEST 0-4
PULL OUT THE CORRESPONDING CLIPS ON THE EXTENSION BOARD IN ORDER TO
PREVENT LOADING THROUGH THE INPUTS WHICH FOLLOW
MULTIPLEXER J56 CAN BE CHECKED WITH TESTS 0 TO 4,DESCRIBED PREVIOUSLY.
SELECT TEST 0 THROUGH
10V ON J56,12 POINT M1,J60,12 POINT M2,AND J64,3 POINT
3M
CHECK FOR ERRORS ESPECIALLY ON J52,J56 INVERTER J47 AND IN THE OPERATIONAL
AMPLIFIERBETWEEN THE DAC AND THE MULTIPLIER.

V10 MEASURING POINT M1 (J56.12)


V11
M2 ( J60.12 )
V12 M3 ( J64.3 )
V13
V45
M1 V14
V15
R48 V47 V16
M2 V17
J61
V27
C4
V58 C5
V45 C6
C7
C8
C9
M3 C10
C11
R34

J23 J72

J71

MULTIPLIER J60 CAN BE TESTED MOST EASILY DURING NORMAL OPERATION,


ASSUMING THAT THE ADC IS
FUNCTIONING.CHECK THAT THE DL ACTUAL VALUE DISPLAY ON THE DECK
AGREES WITH THE SIGNALS.
ON D30.X2 AND THE MANUALLY ADJUSTED KV VALUE FOR DL,SET BY DL SERVICE.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 75 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST D30 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS


OFFSET EQUALIZATION OF THE SAMPLE -AND-HOLD WITH TEST
6

PREREQUISITE THAT THE MULTIPLEXER J56 IS OPERATING (AS DESCRIBED IN 3.). THE SAMPLE-AND-HOLD
(J64) CAN THEN BE EQUALIZED.
SELECT TEST NO.6 (SEE TEST SOFTWARE).
THERE MUST BE 0V AT J64.3 (A) WITH RESPECT TO X2.B32.

V10
V11
MEASURING POINT A (J64.3)
V12
V13 B (J64.5)
V45 V14
V15
R48 V47 V16
V17
J61
V27
C4
C5
V58 V45 C6
C7
C8
C9
A C10
B C11
R34

J23 J72

J71

EQUALIZE THE SAMPLE-AND-HOLD WITH R31 SO THAT 0V IS NEAR AS POSSIBLE ACHIEVED AT J64.5(B)

(DIGITAL VOLTMETER SET TO MV RANGE; LOW MEASURING RANGE).

THE A-D CONVERTER (J72) CAN THEN BE TESTED. TEST NO.5 IS SELECTED FOR THIS (SEE TEST SOFTWARE).

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 76 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST D30 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS


CHECKING THE A-D CONVERTER IN ACCORDANCE WITH TEST 5

5V 5 S
100
A-D CONVERTER
90
CONVERSION TIME
SIGNAL AT J72.28
AND J64.8 (HOLD)

10
0%
0V

THE CONVERSION TIME CAN BE TESTED AT J72.28


T MAX
= 40 S
THE GENERAL FUNCTION OF THE A-D CONVERTER CAN BE TESTED AT J72.24.

5V 5 S
100
90
INTERNAL CLOCK OF THE A-D
CONVERTER MEASURED AT J72.24.

THIS MEASUREMENT MAY CAUSE


DESTRUCTION OF THE A/D CONVERTER !
10
0%
0V

THE A-D CONVERTER CAN BE EQUALIZED WITH R32 SO THAT CENTER HORIZONTAL
BAR APPEARS ON THE DISPLAY ON D30.

IF THIS IS NOT POSSIBLE, SEARCH FOR THE FAULT ON THE DATA BUS BETWEEN
A-D CONVERTER AND
P D30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 77 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ADJUSTMENT: D30
ADJUSTMENT OF THE D-A CONVERTER \
PREREQUISITE
NORMALY WITH DRAW D20 AND ACTUATE SS ON D90. UNPLUG THE APPROPRIATE JUMPER
TO ALIGN ONE OR MORE D-A CONVERTERS, SWITCH S1 ON D30 MUST BE SET TO'TEST
(SWITCH S1TOP). THIS DISABLES ALL OUTPUTS.
X
4
CPU +5V
RAM A1S
PRM R0
INF ALE
SA1
SA2 CNO

R2
S3 CAN NOW SELECT D-A ONVERTERS IN TURN. ON PRESSING S2
(WRITE), THE MAXIMUM DIGITAL VALUE IS WRITTEN INTO THE CONVER-
C TER REGISTER. THE CONVERTER THEN FEEDS OUT THE APPROPRIATE
S1 - S1 X MAXIMUM ANALOG VALUE. THIS VALUE MUST BE ADJUSTED TO 10 V

TES C C POSITION OF S3:


T X X
OUTPUT:
C C
X X
6
X2.D30 (-J ) H MAX
R1
6 X2.D22 (-J )
V5 H SOLL
S3 - S3 6 X2.D16 (-U )
V8 ZSOLL
9 LOW-ORDER BYTE X2.D8 (-U ) RO PLANI
10 LHIGH-ORDER BYTE X2.D8 (-U ) RO PLANI
11 LOW-ORDER BYTE X2.F20 (J ) RO SOLL
*
12 LOW-ORDER BYTE
C X2.F20 (J ) RO SOLL
HRIT X
E

S2 - S2 C * HERE ONLY THE OFFSET OF J66 IS EQUALIZED;


X

THERE ARE VERY SLIGHT CHANGES OF 10V.

R64
R65

R66
R67

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 78 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ADJUSTMENT: D30
EQUALIZATION U
PLANI
SET SWITCH S3 TO POSITION 9 AND GENERATE
R48 WRITE PULSE WITH S2. SET SWITCH S3 TO POSI-
J61 J62 TION 10, PRESS S2 AND HOLD IT DOWN. MEA-
R64 C SURE AT X2.D8 (UNPLUG JUMPER) WITH RES-
X PECT TO X2.B32 AND AJUST THE - 10 V WITH
R65 J60 J67
R67. THE RELEVANT CONVERTER IS J74.
R66

R67 J70 J65

J74

EQUALIZATION I
SOLL RO

SET SWITCH S3 TO POSITION 11 AND


GENERATE WRITE PULSE WITH S2. SET
SWITCH S3 TO POSITION 12 AND GENERATE
A WRITE PULSE AGAIN WITH S2. MEASURE AT
X2.F20 (UNPLUG JUMPER) WITH RESPECT TO
X2.B32 AND ADJUST THE + 10V WITH R52.
THE RELEVANT CONVERTER IS J73 (THIS ADD-
JUST THE OFFSET OF J66).

* FOR A/D CONVERTER ALIGNMENT


** SEE A/D CONVERTER CHECK
** SEE SWITCH S1 ON D30 TO TEST POSITION (BELOW)

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 79 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ADJUSTMENT: D30
EQUALIZATION J H MAX
SET SWITCH S3 TO POSITION 6 AND GENERATE
R48 WRITE PULSE WITH S2.
R62 J61 J63
R64 C MEASURE AT X2.D30 (UNPLUG JUMPER) WITH RES-
X
R65 J60 J67 PECT TO X2.B32 AND AJUST THE - 10 V WITH
R66
R53 R66. THE RELEVANT CONVERTER IS J70.
R67 J70 J65

J74

EQUALIZATION IH SOLL
SET SWITCH S3 TO POSITION 7 AND
GENERATE WRITE PULSE WITH S2
V45
R45
R44
R43
R42

MEASURE AT
X2.F20 (UNPLUG JUMPER) WITH RESPECT TO
V46 R39
R41
R40

X2.B32 AND ADJUST THE + 10V WITH R65.


V47

R48
R47 THE RELEVANT CONVERTER IS J68 (THIS ADD-
J61
JUST THE OFFSET OF J68).
X
X
C
X
C
C
R50

R33
R49

V49 J65
J66 R37 C1

J73
J74

* FOR A/D CONVERTER ALIGNMENT


** SEE A/D CONVERTER CHECK
** SEE SWITCH S1 ON D30 TO TEST POSITION (BELOW)

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 80 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

EQUALIZATION U Z SOLL
SET SWITCH S3 TO POSITION 8 AND GENERATE
WRITE PULSE WITH S2.
J63

J61

J63
R48
R62

J62 X
R64 R65 R66 R67

MEASURE AT X2.D8 (UNPLUG JUMPER) WITH RES-


J60

C
J67

PECT TO X2.B32 AND AJUST THE - 10 V WITH


R64. THE RELEVANT CONVERTER IS J63
V51
R53
J70

R54
R56
C R55
R68 J65
R68

R57

X
R69
J74

V52

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 81 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST OF THE D300 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS IN THE CABINET

TROUBLE-SHOOTING AND ADJUSTEMENT IN THE ANALOG ON


OR OUTPUT CIRCUIT OF THE µP (D300)

IN NORMAL GENERATOR MODE, THE APPROPRIATE ANALOG


VALUE IS READ BACK WITH EVERY ANALOG OUTPUT

OF THE µP AFTER WRITING ON THE CORRESPONDING


D/A CONVERTER VIA ANALOG MULTIPLEXER J98.
IF THE µP DISCOVERS A GREATER DEVIATION THAN + 200MV
OR - 200MV BETWEEN THE READ-IN AND READ-

OUT VALUES, AN ERROR MESSAGE IS OUTPUT


(ERROR NUMBER 110-115, SEE ERROR MESSAGES FROM THE
CABINET).
IN ADDITION, DURING STARTUP, IF THE IH MAX VALUE IS FOUND
TO BE ERRONEUS, THE A/D CONVERTER
CIRCUIT IS CHECKED. THIS INVOLVES READING
BACK 0V, +5V ABD +15V AND CHECKING THEM. IF AN

ERROR IS DISCOVERED IN THE A-D CONVERTER CIRCUIT,


ERROR NUMBER 114 IS OUTPUT, IF THIS IS NOT THE

CASE, 110.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 82 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST OF THE D300 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS


IN THE CABINET

TEST IC FONCTION

0 FREE

1 FREE

2 J103 OFFSET CALIBRATION OF THE A/D CONVERTER TO 0V WITH


7-SEGMENT-DISPLAY ON D300 WITH R48
LOWER AND CENTRAL SEGMENT OF
THE UPPER 7-SEGMENT

DISPLAY FLICKERS

3 J103 CALIBRATION OF THE A/D CONVERTER TO + 10V WITH


7-SEGMENT-DISPLAY ON D300 WITH R51
CENTRAL AND UPPER SEGMENT
OF THE UPPER 7-SEGMENT
DISPLAY FLICKERS

4 J43 J H NOMINAL TEST (12-BIT D/A)


RAMP OUTPUT AT X2.D22

5 J43 U TUBE NOMINAL TEST (12-BIT D/A)


RAMP OUTPUT AT X2.Z10

6 J42 J TUBE NOMINAL TEST (14-BIT D/A)


RAMP OUTPUT AT X2.F20

7 J52 JH MAX TEST (8-BIT D/A)


RAMP OUTPUT AT X2.D30

U Z NOMINAL TEST (8-BIT D/A)


8 J52
RAMP OUTPUT AT X2.D16
J43, J42
9 10V-CALIBRATION OFF ALL D/A CONVERTERS POSSIBLE
, J52

J43, J42
10 , J52 0V-CALIBRATION OFF ALL D/A CONVERTERS POSSIBLE

11 - 15 FREE

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 83 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Test of the D300 with the test programs


in the cabinet
Brief description of the tests

TEST 0, 1:
free

TEST 2: With this test, 0V is output via J42 (14-Bit D/A converter) at X2.F20. This
is then used to calibrate the S & H module J95 and then subsequently
the A/D converter J103 to 0V

TEST 3: With this test, 10V are output via J42 (14-Bit D/A converter) at X2.F20.
These are then used to calibrate the A/D converter J103 to 10V

TEST 4-8: D/A converter test


With this test, a ramp rising from 0 - 10V off falling is output at the
corresponding D/A converter

TEST 9: Calibration of the D/A converters


With this test 10V is output at all D/A converters. This individual D/A
converters can then be calibrated to 10 V with the corresponding
potentiometers.

TEST 10:With this test, 0V is output in all D/A converters. The off-set of J85
can be calibrated in this case with R69.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 84 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST AT THE D300 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS IN THE CABINET


3. PREREQUISITE

A) GENERATOR OFF
B) CABINET FIRMWARE VERSION FROM VE0/VG0/VE0 ONWARDS DECK FIRMWARE VERSION
FROM VE2 ONWARDS
C) PULL OUT D74 ( +24V POWER PACK) IN N11
D) PULL OUT D20 (TUBE FILAMENT) IN N11
E) SWITCH S2 ON D90 (SERVICE PANNEL) IN POSITION SS OFF
F) PLACE S4 HEX SWITCH ON D11 TO POSITION 5 (START TEST PROGRAMS)
G) GENERATOR ON

THE CONTROL DECK IS NOT REQUIRED FOR THESE TESTS.


SHORTLY AFTER THE GENERATOR ON , THE DISPLAY BELOW APPEARS AT THE 7-SEGMENTS DISPLAY
OF THE D11 FOR APPROX. 1 SEC.

MEANS TEST D300 IS SELECTED

AFTERWARDS THE FOLLOWING DISPLAY APPEARS AUTOMATICALLY.

THIS MEANS THAT, FROM THE POSSIBLE D300 TEST PROGRAMS, ONE, NAMELY TEST 5 HAS
ALREADY BEEN SELECTED.
ALL FURTHER PROGRAMS CAN BE SELECTED BY TUMING THE HEX S4 ON D11. THE APPROPRIATE
TEST NUMBER DISPLAYED CONSTANTLY ON THE 7-SEGMENT DISPLAYS OF THE D11.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 85 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST OF THE D300 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS IN THE CABINET

4. TROUBLE-SHOOTING IN THE D/A CONVERTER - SECTION D300


CORRESPONDING TO TESTS 4 - 8.
WITHDRAW THE CORRESPONDING JUMPER ON THE EXTENSION BOARD IN
ORDER TO AVOID LOADING BY THE FOLLOWING INPUTS.

I TEST IN ACCORDANCE WITH TEST 7


HMAX
A) CORRECTLY FUNCTIONING D/A CONVERTER
2V 2MS
100
90 0V OUTPUT IN THE CASE OF CORRECTLY
FUNCTIONING D/A CONVERTER
JH MAX D300/X2.D30

10
0%
-10V

2V 2MS
100
90 0V OUTPUT IN THE CASE OF DEFECTIVE
D/A CONVERTER.

10
0%
-10V

2V 2MS
100 POSSIBLE OUTPUT IN THE CASE OF
90 0V DEFECTIVE D/A CNVERTER.

10
0%
-10V

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 86 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

5. OFFSET ADJUSTMENT OF THE A/D CONVERTER J103 WITH TEST 2


PROCEDURE
A) PULL OUT JUMPER X2.F20 AND X2.Z28
B) DRAW A WIRE ON THE PC-BOARD SIDE FROM X2.F20 TO X2.Z28
C) ADJUST 0V AT X2.Z28 AS ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE WITH R69
D) CONNECT INSTRUMENTS TO MP2 AND ADJUST 0V AS ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE
WITH R46 AT THIS POINT
E) OBSERVE DISPLAY ON THE D11 AND CHANGE R48 UNTIL THE CENTRAL
AND LOWER SEGMENT DISPLAY FLICKERS

FLICKERS

INDICATES TEST 2

6. GRAIN ADJUSTMENT OF THE A/D CONVERTER J103 WITH TEST 3

PROCEDURE
A) PULL OUT JUMPER X2.F20 AND X2.Z28
B) DRAW A WIRE ON THE PC-BOARD SIDE FROM X2.F20 TO X2.Z28
C) ADJUST + 10V AT X2.Z28 AS ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE WITH R12
D) OBSERVE DISPLAY ON THE D11 AND ADJUST R51 UNTIL THE CENTRAL
AND UPPER SEGMENT
DISPLAY FLICKERS

FLICKERS

INDICATES TEST 3

E) WITH TEST 10 AND TEST 9, CALIBRATE J42 (JTUBE NOMINAL) ANEW TO 10V,
SINCE IT HAS POSSIBLY BEEN
CHANGED BY TEST 2 AND TEST 3

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 87 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST OF THE D300 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS IN THE CABINET


7. TROUBLE-SHOOTING IN THE MULTIPLEX - S & H -PART

PULL OUT THE CORRESPONDING JUMPERS ON THE EXTENSION


PC BOARD TO AVOID LOADING BY THE SUBSEQUENT INPUTS.

THE MULTIPLEXER (J89)/S & H (95) CAN BE TESTED WITH TEST 4-8. FOR THIS PURPOSE,
ONE OF THESE
TESTS SELECTED AND A RAMP OF 0 - 10V MUST APPEAR AT TEST POINT MP1 OR MP2.

THE MULTIPLEXER (J98) CAN BE TESTED MOST SIMPLY IN THE NORMAL MODE
(PROVIDED THE A/D CONVERTER
FUNCTIONS). FOR THIS PURPOSE, CHECK WHETHER THE FLUORO ACTUAL VALUE
DISPLAY IN THE
C-DECK COINCIDES APPROXIMATELY WITH THE J SIGNAL (1V = 1 MA)PRESENT AT X2F24 OR
THE U ROE ACTUAL PRESENT AT X2.Z28. TUBE ACTUAL

8. CHECKING AT A/D CONVERTER J103 WITH TEST 3

A/D CONVERTER CONVERSION TIME


5V 5 S
SIGNAL AT J103.28

100

90

10

0%

0V

THE CONVERSION TIME CAN BE CHECKED AT J103.28

T < MAX. 30 S

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 88 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

TEST OF D300 WITH THE TEST PROGRAMS IN THE CABINET


1. PREREQUISITES

A) GENERATOR OFF
B) CABINET FIRMWARE VERSION FROM VE0/VG0/VE0
DECK FIRMWARE VERSION FROM VE2
C) PULL OUT D74 ( + 24V POWER PACK) IN N11
D) PULL OUT D20 (TUBE FILAMENT) IN N11
E) SWITCH S2 ON THE D90 (SERVICE PANNEL) IN POSITION SS
F) SWITCH S2 ON D90 ( SERVICE PANEL ) IN SS TEST POSITION (TEST FOR TEST PROGRAMS)
G) PULL OUT CORRESPONDING JUMPER ON D300
H) GENERATOR ON

TURN S4 HEX SWITCH ON D11 INTO POSITION 9 (10V CALIBRATION OF ALL D/A CONVERTERS)

CALIBRATION HJ NOMINAL

MEASURE AT X2.D30 (PULL OUT JUMPER) AGAINST X2.B32 AND ADJUST + 10V AS
ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE WITH R10.

CALIBRATION TUBE
U NOMINAL
MEASURE AT X2.Z10 (PULL OUT JUMPER) AGAINST X2.B32 AND ADJUST + 10V AS
ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE WITH R11.

CALIBRATION I TUBE NOMINAL

A) 0V CALIBRATION
TURN S4 HEX SWITCH ON D11 TO POSITION 10.
MEASURE AT X2.F20 (PULL OUT JUMPER) AGAINST X2 D32 (PULL OUT JUMPER) AND
ADJUST 0V AS ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE WITH R69
B) 10V CALIBRATION
TURN S4 HEX SWITCH BACK TO POSITION 9.
MEASURE AT X2.F20 AGAINST X2.D32 AND ADJUST 10V AS ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE
WITH R12
CALIBRATION J
H MAX
MEASURE AT X2.D30 (PULL OUT JUMPER) AGAINST X2.B32 AND ADJUST - 10V AS
ACCURATELY AS POSSIBLE WITH R13.

CALIBRATION U

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 89 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

OPTIONS
OP 0 ON UNIT TAKEOVER FROM PROGRAM POSSIBLE
OFF NO UNIT TAKEOVER

OP 1 ON TRANSPARENCY CORRECTION IN LOMTOMAT MODE ONLY FOR KV


OFF TRANSPARENCY CORRECTION IN LONTOMAT MODE FOR KV + BLACKENING

OP 2 ON TRANSPARENCY CORRECTION IN MAS MODE POSSIBLE FOR MAS AND KV


OFF TRANSPARENCY CORRECTION IN MAS MODEPOSSIBLE ONLY FOR MAS

OP 3 ON TRANSPARENCY CORRECTION RESET DURING CHANGE OF PROGRAM


OFF TRANSPARENCY CORRECTION NOT RESET DURING CHANGE OF PROGRAM

OP 4 ON WHEN NO SIRCAM CONSOLE B/S SET FROM C DECK


OFF WHEN NO SIRCAM CONSOLE B/S SET EXTERNALLY FROM SIRCAM CONSOLE

OP 5 ON DSA POSSIBLE WITH SMALL AND LARGE FOCUS IF A SMALL FOCUS IS SELECTED
THE DISPLAY AUTOMATICALLY JUMPS TO THE LARGE FOCUS
OFF DSA POSSIBLE ONLY WITH LARGE FOCUS

OP 6 PRESSING THE BLACKENING KEYS AND INCREASES THE % HU THRESHOLD VALUE ABOVE
WHICH AN ACOUSTICAL ALARM IS POSSIBLE IN 5% HU STEPS FROM THE 65 % HU DEFAULT VALUE ( VALUE ON
DELIVERY) OR DECREASES THE VALUE TO 30 % HU
A VISUAL ALARM IS TRIGGERED WHEN THE PROGRAMMED % HU THRESHOLD VALY\UE IS REACHED ( HU LAMP
BLINKS).

ATTENTION:
THIS PROGRAMMED % HU THRESHOLD IS AT THE SAME TIME THRESHOLD VALUE FOR THE OVERLOAD UNIT
COUNTER.
IF THE % HU VALUE EXCEEDS THIS THRESHOLD, THE OVERLOAD UNIT COUNTER IS INCREASSED BY 1.

ON HORN TONE SWITCHED ON ABOVE PROGRAMMED % HU THRESHOLD VALUE


OFF HORN SWITCHED OFF

OP 7 ON DISPLAY OF SHORTEST POSSIBLE SWITCHING TIME FOR 2-POINT TECHNIQUE


OFF MS DISPLAY REMAINS DARK FOR 2-POINT TECHNIQUE
OP 8 ON CONNECTION TO COMPUTER NOT POSSIBLE
OFF CONNECTION TO COMPUTER POSSIBLE

OP 9 ON CONNECTION TO DATA PLOTTERR NOT POSSIBLE


OFF CONNECTION TO DATA PLOTTER POSSIBLE

OP 10 ON CURRENTS > 35 MA FOR KV<60 OR KV<125


OFF CURRENTS > 10MA FOR KV<60 OR KV<125 POSSIBLE IN SLICE MODE

OP 11 ON 1V = 1 MA IN FLUOROSCOPY
OFF 1V = 10 MV IN FLUOROSCOPY
ON DSA WITH MICROFOCUS IS IMPOSSIBLE. IF THE MICROFOCUS WAS SELECTED
OP 12
, THE LARGE OCUS WILL BE SELECTED AUTOMATICALLY.
OFF DSA ALSO POSSIBLE WITH MICROFOCUS

OP 13 FREE
OP 15

ALL OPTIONS ARE SWITCHED ON AT DELIVERY

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 90 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

SELECTION -STORAGE-DESELECTION OF OPTIONS


A) OPEN FRONT PANEL ON C DECK/S DECK.
B) GENERATOR ON
C) PRESS SWITCH S3 ON D89 (TEST) AND MS IONTOMAT
KEY ON THE FRONT PANEL WITHIN 1 SEC.

THE FOLLOWING DISPLAY APPEARS ON THE DECK:

80% 100% H
K K KV
U
W W%
MAS D
KW

MS

PROGRAMM MANUAL
SKULL SKULL H
- +
- - + U

- - + D

- - + - +

UNI
T PUCK

KEY FUNCTIONS

KEY

MAS + OPTION NUMBER + 1

MAS - OPTION NUMBER - 1

MS + MS-DISPLAY =

MS - MS-DISPLAY =

M STORAGE OF THE SELECTED FACILITY OF AN OPTION

KV + OR - EXIT FROM OPTION PROGRAMMING

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 91 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ERASING THE CONTENTS OF THE EEPROM IN THE DECK


IMPORTANT !
WHEN THE CONTENTS OF THEEEPROM IN THE DECK
ARE ERASED THIS MEANS THET ALL STORED PROGRAMS
ARE LOST. THE OPTIONS ARE PROGRAMMED ON.

A) OPEN THE FRONT PANEL AT THE C-DECK-K/S DECK

B) GENERATOR ON
C) ON D89, PRESS SWITCH S3 (TEST) AND ON THE FRONT PANEL, TEST THE MEMORY
KEY WITHIN 1 SECOND

THE FOLLOWING DISPLAY APPEARS AT THE DECK:

80%
K 100%
K K
W W W
%
KW MAS

MS

PROGRAMM MANUAL
- +
SKULL SKULL CORV. VERT. CORV. VERT.
H

--+ U

--+ D

--+ - +
UNIT PUCK

WHEN THE MEMORY KEY IS PRESSED AGAIN, IN., THE CONTENTS OF THE EPROM
ARE ERASED. A
HOOTER TONE WILL BE AUDIBLE WHWN THE KEY IS PRESSED. AFTER THE CONTENTS
OF THE EEPROM
HAVE BEEN ERASED, THE FOLLOWING DATA ARE DISPLAYED:
77 KV
20 MAS
100MS
THE GENERATOR MUST NOW BE SWITCHED OFF AND SWITCHED BACK ON.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 92 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

IMPORTANT SECURITY :

After switching off, approximately 400V still applied for the main inverter.
This is indicated on board D44 with the led V4.
Material need: 1 oscilloscope, 1 fluke meter,1 MAS meter

INTRODUCTION

IH MAX: HEATING CURRENT Max.


IH SOLL: HEATING CURRENT NOMINAL
IH IST: HEATING CURRENT ACTUAL

UZ SOLL: INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT VOLTAGE NOMINAL


UZ IST: INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT VOLTAGE ACTUAL

URO IST: kV ACTUAL URO SOLL: kV NOMINAL


IRO IST: TUBE CURRENT ACTUAL IRO SOLL: TUBE CURRENT NOMINAL

BI 125/30/51 R 0.3 IH MAX. 8A


TYPE BIANGULIX
125 KV-30KW-50KW FOYER DE 0.3
HEATING CURRENT 8A MAX

OPTI 150/40/72 C 0.22 IH MAX 5,5 A


TYPE OPTILIX
150 kV-40KW-70KW FOYER 0.22
AND 5.5A HEATING MAX. CURRENT

SCOPIE: DL CONTACTOR NS: MAIN CONTACTOR CONTACTOR SS: XRAY ALLOWED

ZB : PREPARATION

S27: EXPOSURE BUTTON

POWER ON

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 93 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Checking the directions and tubes connection

Poste 1 Poste 2 Poste 3 Poste 4 Poste 5 Poste 6 Poste 7 Poste 8


G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8 Unscrew U34, U35, U36
Direction 1 RW1 CHECK WITH THE SCOPE THE ROTATION PHASE
Direction 2 RW2 Programming D31 TUBES , UNIT, PROM
Direction 3 RW3 Example: Room 1
Unit 1 with Tube 1 SIREGRAPH B
Direction 4 RW4
Unit 2 with Tube 1 DIRECT EXPOSURE
Mammo MAMMO Unit 3 with Tube 2 3 D STAND
Télécommande TELECOMMANDE Unit 4 with Tube 2 DIRECT EXPOSURE
Scopie SCOPIE SCOPIE with Unit 1 SIREGRAPH B
0,6S 0,6S UNIT 1,2,3,4 with CENTRAL DESK
Tube 1 with PROM 1 OPTI 150/40/72 C
K1 K1
Tube 2 with PROM 2 BI 125/30/51
Pupitre C-D KV MAX. TUBE 1 150
Satellite 1 S1-D KV MAX. TUBE 2 125
Satellite 2 S2-D

Tube 1 TUBE 1
Tube 2 TUBE 2
Tube 3 TUBE 3
Tube 4 TUBE 4
RP1 RP2 RP3 RP4 109 125 150 3
D31 Prom 1 Prom 2 Prom 3 Prom 4 kV max. kV max. kV max. 3 FOCUS

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 94 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Start-up GENERATOR
PUT IN THE FUSE U34, U35, U38
NS THE MAIN CONTACTEUR SHOULD BE ATTRACT
ALL THE LEDS ON D161 ON
THE LEDS ON D71, D72, D73, D74 SHOULD BE ON +5V/+15V/ -15V/+24V and the leds on D90 V1, V5, V25, and V26 (adjust with the pots ON BOARD)
IN ABSENCE OF POWER SUPLLY THE GENERATOR IS BLOCKED AND THE INDICATOR
ON D11 INDICATE 40
REMARK :IF trouble free D11 indicate nothing

CHECK The voltage in the desk


VOLTAGE
X14 1 8,2
X14 6 0
X14 3 5,2
X14 7 0
X14 8 15
X14 7 0

Check the default value


on the desk there must be : 77kV, 20mas, ms, large focus, 80 %

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 95 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Start-up starting device


The LED V30 on D61 must be lit:that means +5V, +15V, -15V for the starter is Ok.The LED V49 on D62 must be lit if the rotary field is in the right way.Check +5V on the D650
(Adjust with R1)
The LED V9 IS ON because OF service mode and after initialisation the error display 00
Start-up starting device test
Switch into position 1 :
After initialisation the error display 00.
Fluoroscopic: put S1 to ON to simulate until you get 51 that means rotation phase not reaches.
EXPOSURE : Release S27 and at the same time press the ZB ANL-Button on D63.
the led V18,V28 for the activation of the bridge arm1 and V28,V48 activation of the bridge arm2. and the led V15, ..V35 must light up shortly.
At the end 51 is display ON D63
Switch into position 2 :
THE CONTACTOR RSB, RSC, RSD must be pulled up successively and the led
V54 on the board D66 UZ ON and V76 UZ > 24 V must be lit and go out AfteR 10 s.
After initialisation the error display 00.
Fluoroscopic: put S1 to ON to simulate until you get 51 that means rotation phase not reaches.
EXPOSURE: Release S27 and at the same time press the ZB ANL-Button on D63.THE LED V15,…, V65 must light up on D60 because the intermediate circuit is on.the led V54 on
the board D66 UZ ON, V76 UZ > 24 V and V78 > 360 V must be lit as well as the led V18,V28 for the activation of the bridge arm1 and V28,V48 activation of the bridge arm2.
Switch into position 3 :
THE SAME AS NORMAL OPERATION but with read out the error and erasure of the error numbers
After initialisation the error display 00
Fluoroscopic: put S1 to ON.
The rotating anode of the selected tube unit rotates at 20 HZ.
THE led V18 … V48 are on D66 and the LED V15 …V35 are blinking D68.
EXPOSURE: Release S27 and at the same time press the ZB ANL-Button on D63.The rotating anode of selected tube run up.THE LED V15,…, V65
must light up on D60 because the intermediate circuit is on during run up and glow during run on The led V54 on the board D66 UZ ON, V76 UZ > 24 V
and V78 > 360 V must be lit as well as the led V18…V48 on D66.
TUBE UNIT SELECTION
Switch into position 4 :NORMAL OPERATION RSB RSC RSD
THE SAME AS THE SWITCH INTO POSITION 3
The LED FA on D90 must go out (Not in service mode) TUBE1 STR1
TUBE2 STR2 ON
TUBE3 STR3 ON
TUBE4 STR4 ON

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 96 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CHECKING FLUOROSCOPIC and radiographie

FLUOROSCOPIC CIRCUIT
THE Switch SS must be OFF
Switch ON FLUORO ON D90 V32 ON
V6 FLUORO MODE
V15 ZB for intermediate circuit
V11 DLZ fluoro permissible (Rotation scopie ok )
V23 Start inverter
V25 Large focus
V26 Small focus
V1, V4 depending on the work station(Direction/TUBE)

RADIOGRAPHIC
preparation
THE Switch SS must be ON
V5 RADIOGRAPHIC MODE
V14 ZB for starting
V15 ZB for intermediate circuit
V11 DLZ fluoro permissible (Rotation scopie ok )
V10 RADIOGRAPHIC ROTATION REACHED After run-up time)
V24 Switch over HEATING
V25 Large focus
V26 Small focus
V1, V4 depending on the work station(Direction/TUBE)

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 97 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

exposure release without HT


THE Switch SS must be OFF
V23 Start inverter during exposure
V14 ZB for starting OFF
V10 RADIOGRAPHIC ROTATION REACHED After run-up time) OFF

CHECKING THE FOCUS


Check the correct focus selection in preparation with a cathotest in place of the tube.
CHECKING IH MAX.
Check in tube unit attachment (1V=1,5A from D30.d30)

BOARD MESURE POINT


IH MAX. D25 Z24/B2

CHECKING IROE MAX.


Check in tube unit attachment (1V=200 MA AND COMPARE)

BOARD MESURE POINT


IROE MAX. D90 IROE/OV

CHECKING KW MAX.
Check in tube unit attachment
KV, MA, 100 ms and 100 %

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 98 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CHECKING IRO SOLL NOMINAL


Check in tube unit attachment (1V = 200 MA)

LARGE MESURE
BOARD MULTIPLY LIMIT MIN LIMIT MAX. kV MAS MS % MA
FOCUS POINT
IRO SOLL
D90 IROE/OV 1V = 200 MA 0,245 0.255 40 5 100 100 50
MIN
IRO SOLL
D90 IROE/OV 1V = 200 MA 2,45 2.55 70 50 100 100 500
MAX.

CHECKING URO SOLL NOMINAL


LARGE FOCUS BOARD MESURE POINT MULTIPLY LIMIT MIN LIMIT MAX. kV
URO SOLL MIN D90 UROE/OV 1V = 20kV 1.96 2.04 40
URO SOLL MAX. D90 UROE/OV 1V = 20KV 5.34 5,56 109

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 99 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CHECKING PREHEATING ( tube 5.5a or 8A )

LARGE FOCUS BOARD MESURE POINT MULTIPLY NOMINAL VALUE ADJUST


IH SOLL KORR AP1 D24 Z18/X2.0V 1V = 1,5A 3A/4.5A R71
IH SOLL KORR AP2 D24 Z18/X2.0V 1V = 1,5A 3A/4.5A R72

CHECKING IH SOLL KOOR


SET BASIC SETTING IN RADIOGRAPHIC HEATING
Before adjustment AND check the balance of the board D24.

D24 IH SOLL IMAX IH SOLL KORR


D24 X2.D X2.A Z18
D24 X2.0V X2.0V X2.0V

All these values must be the same

CHECKING DELTA IH SOLL KOOR BASIC SETTING RADIOGRAPHIC BOOSTING


DELTA IH SOLL KORR MUST BE 0V before adjustment

IH SOLL KORR
D24 Z14
D24 X2.0V

CHECKING INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 100 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CHECKING PHASE SEQUENCE


The led V49 must be ON (D62 STARTER)

CHECKING THREE PHASE CURRENT BRIDGE ON M1


On board D51 the LED V111 to V116 must be light dimly. The led UZ on D90 must light up.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 101 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CHECKING the intermediate circuit UZ


THE UZ ist must be 25 % higher than the nominal value UZ soll.

LARGE
KV MAS MS UZ min UZ max. POLYDOROS
FOCUS
UZ soll 81 20 100 4,386 4,214 80
UZ ist 81 20 100 5,13 5,67 80
UZ soll 81 20 100 4,59 4,41 100
UZ ist 81 20 100 5,32 5,88 100

CHECKING THE SCOPE

GRAPHIC SCOPIC HCF


URO IST 1V = 20 kV 1V = 20 kV 1V = 20 kV
IRO IST 1V = 200 MA 1V = 1 MA 1V = 2,5 ma
SWR Triggering Triggering Triggering

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 102 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POTENTIOMETER PREHEATING, HEATING ON D24

POT AP FOCUS ADJ AP FOCUS ADJ POT AP FOCUS ADJ POT AP FOCUS ADJ
R12 4 LARGE IMAX R40 4 LARGE IMIN R61 4 LARGE BOOST R53 4 SMALL FLURO
R13 3 LARGE IMAX R41 3 LARGE IMIN R62 3 LARGE BOOST R54 3 SMALL FLURO
R14 2 LARGE IMAX R42 2 LARGE IMIN R63 2 LARGE BOOST R55 2 SMALL FLURO
R15 1 LARGE IMAX R43 1 LARGE IMIN R64 1 LARGE BOOST R56 1 SMALL FLURO
R16 4 SMALL IMAX R44 4 SMALL IMIN R65 4 SMALL BOOST
R17 3 SMALL IMAX R45 3 SMALL IMIN R66 3 SMALL BOOST
R18 2 SMALL IMAX R46 2 SMALL IMIN R67 2 SMALL BOOST
R19 1 SMALL IMAX R47 1 SMALL IMIN R68 1 SMALL BOOST
CHECKING THE MAS

PLUG THE MAS-METER TO THE BRIDGE MAS AND ADJUST THE FOLOWING VALUE

FOCUS kV MAS KW % PERMISSIBLE RANGE MAS ADJUST


LARGE 80 80 100 77 to 83 D9 R3
LARGE 80 10 100 9,8 TO 11
LARGE 80 200 100 192 TO 208,6
PLANIGRAPHIC TIME ON D360
PROGRAM THE TOMOGRAPHIC TIME WITH THE SWITCH POSITION

POSITION TIME POSITION TIME G1 PLANIGRAPHIC TIME


0 10 8 0,8 S12 A
1 5 9 0,6 S2 B
2 3,2 A 0,4 S14 C
3 2,5 B 0,2 S4 D
4 2 c 0,16 S16 E
5 1,6 D 0,08
6 1,25 E 0,04
7 1 F 0,02

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 103 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

MAINTENANCE
STAND BY AFTER GENERATOR ON

LED SYMBOL COLOUR LIGHT/DARK REMARK


WORK STATION 1 OR
V1 AP1 YELLOW ON
SELECT WORK STATION
WORK STATION 2 OR
V2 AP2 YELLOW OFF
SELECT WORK STATION
WORK STATION 3 OR
V3 AP3 YELLOW OFF
SELECT WORK STATION
WORK STATION 4 OR
V4 AP4 YELLOW OFF
SELECT WORK STATION
V5 RADIOGRAPHIC MODE YELLOW ON
V25 LARGE FOCUS YELLOW ON
V26 SMALL FOCUS YELLOW OFF
V31 SS OFF YELLOW ON WITHOUT HT V13 OFF
V13 SS ON GREEN ON WITH HT V31 OFF

RADIOGRAPHIC PREPARATION

LED SYMBOL COLOUR LIGHT/DARK REMARK


V13 SS ON GREEN ON WITH HT
FIRST TIME FOR THE
V14 ZB / ANL GREEN ON
STARTER
FIRST TIME FOR THE
V15 ZB /ZK GREEN ON
INTERMEDIAIRE CIRCUIT
V16 3 FOCUS GREEN OFF THE THIRD FOCUS
RADIOGRAPHIC ROTOTION
V10 ROT GREEN ON
REACHED
V11 DLZ GREEN OFF FLUOROSCOPY NOT PERMIT
V12 UZ GREEN ON INTERMEDIATE CIRCUIT
V24 HU1 GREEN ON SWICHOVER OF HEATING

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 104 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

EXPOSURE RELEASE S27

LED SYMBOL COLOUR LIGHT/DARK REMARK


V23 SWR ON GREEN ON START INVERTER
V27 RADIATION GREEN ON SS ON
V30 IONTOMAT/MAS GREEN ON DISCONNECTION BY
V22 MS GREEN ON DISCONNECTION BY
V21 LIMIT GREEN ON DISCONNECTION BY

FLUOROSCOPY

LED SYMBOL COLOUR LIGHT/DARK REMARK


V32 FLUORO ON GREEN ON FLUORO BY SERVICE
V6 FLUORO ON YELLOW ON FLUORO MODE
V11 DLZ GREEN ON FLURO PERMISSIBLE
ZB FOR INTERMEDIAIRE
V15 ZB/ZK GREEN ON
CIRCUIT
V12 UZ GREEN ON VOLTAGE PRESENT
V23 SWR GREEN ON START INVERTER
V27 RADIATION GREEN ON RADIATION ON

INTERRUPTION OF RADIOGRAPHIE

LED SYMBOL COLOUR LIGHT/DARK REMARK


VALUE DIFFER FROM THE
V28 UZ≠UZ SOLL RED OFF
NOMINAL VALUE
VALUE DIFFER FROM THE
V29 URO≠URO SOLL RED OFF
NOMINAL VALUE
VALUE DIFFER FROM THE
V19 IRO≠IRO SOLL RED OFF
NOMINAL VALUE
V20 KURZL RED OFF SHORT CIRCUIT

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 105 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

STARTING DEVICE

LED SYMBOL COLOUR LIGHT/DARK REMARK


V9 FA RED OFF SERVICE MODE

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 106 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

MEASURE UZ

UROE
150 400 380 355 370 380 400
141 400 375 350 370 380 385 400
129 380 345 315 340 355 370 400 400
117 360 300 295 320 335 345 350 400
100 352 280 270 295 320 330 355 365
90 290 250 240 275 300 315 345 365 385 410
81 245 210 235 270 280 295 330 355 385 410
70 215 180 185 220 255 270 295 315 360 410
60 180 145 175 220 260 275 305 330 375 410
45 150 150 155 200 245 260 290 320 370 410
100 200 320 500 625 625 800 800 1000 1000
IROE MAX.
MONITORING

IH MIN
UNPLUGGED D20 (INVERTER HEATING)
IH MIN/MAX.V25 ON D22
IH MIN D90 MUST BE LIGHT

IH MAX.
UNPLUGGED D20 (INVERTER HEATING)
FIT D22 onto extension BOARD.
And unplug D22 Z6 (CURRENT MEASURE)
IH MIN/MAX.V25 ON D22
IH MIN D90 MUST BE LIGHT

Feed an adjustable external voltage


AT 50 MV (1,5 A), the led V25 on D22 and IH min on D90
AT 250 mv (7,5A), LED V25 on D22 and IH max.D90

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 107 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

MICRO PROCESSOR DETECTION

FIT D11 ONTO EXTENSION and unplug D11 X7 conNect OV TO X7.2.


That means the heating inverter no longer oscillates (audible)
The IH min of D90 light up AND There is a flashing decimal point of the display on D30

IROE ≠ IROE SOLL

Unplug D20, PUT D25 on extension board And unplug D25. B24
SET SS OFF AND Select 100 ma
At D25 B24 feed an adjustable external voltage (FROM 0 V TO +1.5V)
PUSH S27 and allow the external Voltage to RISE FROM 0 V to 1,3 V (APPROXIMATIVELY 30 % > IROE soll, the led IROE ≠ iroe soll on D90 must light up

- kV min

Unplug D42 Z26 and select 81 kV


FEED an external voltage of 1,8 v AND MADE AN exposure
THE LED –kV min and + kV min on D42 and UROE ≠ URO SOLL must be light

-kV max

Unplug D42 Z26 and select 81 kV


FEED an external voltage of – 5V AND MADE AN exposure
THE LED –kV min and + kV min on D42 and UROE ≠ URO SOLL must be light

KURZL

Measure UZ IST (1=50V).CONNECT A scope to D42 Z12 (KURZ WR1) and D42 B32 (0 V)
in preparation The intermediate circUit voltage is BUILT UP to 5v that means 250 V THEN Release preparation the voltage decrease to 0,5 v that means 25 V.
In this case the signal must change ON D42 Z12 from 0 to 1

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 108 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

URO ≠ UROE SOLL


Fit D42 on extension AND SS OFF

Check the radiography


Unplug D42 Z32 AND Feed an external voltage of 8,5 V (170 kV)
Manuel trigger S27 THEN The led URO ≠ UROE max. On D42 and
UROE > URO max. on D90 must light up

Check the fluoroscopy


FEED A external voltage of 6,5 V (130 kV) and fluro On
the LED URO ≠ URO SOLL ON D90 and UROE > URO max. on D90 must light up

kV MIN
Unplug .D42 B20 (kV IST) and D42 B4 and apply 0 V to D42 B4 SS ON
Select 81 kV AND Feed an external voltage of 1,8 V
Manuel trigger S27 (Led SWR on D90 briefly LIGHTUP).
The LED +/- kV MIN ON D42 and UROE ≠ URO SOLL ON D90

KV MAX.
AT D42.B20 Feed an external voltage of 5V
Manuel trigger S27 (Led SWR on D90 briefly LIGHTUP)
The LED +/- kV MIN ON D42 and UROE ≠ URO SOLL ON D90

UZ ≠ UZ SOLL
Fit D55 onto extension AND SS oFF
UZ min
Measure UZ soll on D90 (1V = 50 V).Unplug D55.B10 and feed an external voltage of 0,8 UZ soll. (1V = 100 V)
Release manuel exposure then the leds UZ ≠ UZ soll on D90 and UZ min on D55 must light up
UZ MAX.
Unplug D55.B10 and feed an external voltage of - 6,1 V (610 V) UZ soll. (1V = 100 V) AND Release manuel exposure then the leds UZ ≠ UZ soll on D90 and UZ max on D55 must
light up

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 109 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CABINET OVER VIEW


C-DECK D164A N81
K1

N11 M46
S27
N1.K1
ASK2 V12
SK1,ASK

0
KK2,K1 V34
KK20,KK31 V56
K100,K200 M1
KK34,KK35

T1 T3
W1
T6

M16
1

D161.K1
T2

H1
K1
X

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 110 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
Power Cabinet N1

Extension units
CABINET
N1 Power cabinet 97 53 260 X1512 S-deck 11 01 711 x1556
D164 Unit adapter 87 02 607 X1512 C-deck 11 01 224 x1555
N81
Programing unit 81 05 348 X1601
M16 Power line connection 81 66 324 X1515 Additional programing unit 74 61 924 X1212
D161 Fuse circuit board 81 07 377 X1515 Current limitation 81 07 096 X1637
D162 Rectifier fuse circuit board 84 56 832 X1515 Current supply, deck 81 87 049 X1594
Programing unit 83 37 495 X1600

M1 Active three-phase bridge 97 53 245 X1514 Tube load computer 11 09 524 X1626 C - DECK
D51 Ignition stages for bridge 81 87 114 X1514 Radio-interference supression filter 86 97 062 X1921
N11 Printer console 11 01 836 X1730
Generator interface for Videodatamatic 84 53 631 X1723
D57 Temperature monitoring 97 47 767 X1512
Extension, 3rd + 4th tube 74 69 026 X1627
Iontomat D connection 11 09 433 X1560
D210 Varistor circuit board 97 47 783 X1512 Iontomat D basic unit 83 37 354 X1625
Screen PROM S36
81 06 213 X1622
M1 W1 Inverter 97 53 351 X1513 HSE and multiplier connection 72 52 802 X1190
WM1 Inverter module 1 86 19 975 X1513 Chamber Connection 72 52 794 X1190
D57 WM2 Inverter module 2 86 19 975 X1513 Program remote control 81 06 783 X1628
D43 Ignition stage 86 17 250 X1513 Plani-lontomat 81 06 791 X1629
D44 Inverter short-circuit sensing 87 00 502 X1513 Fluoroscopic remote control 84 63 036 X1568
D47 Adapter 86 98 185 X1513 Vidomatic 11 04 913 X1071
S27
W1 cGy display 81 06 809 X1630
M16 Digimatic II attchment 97 49 342 X1662
WM1
Cinematic A-PL 1101 943 X1694
WM2 D210 N11 Control frame 97 52 627 X1454
Cine frame rate transmitter 1109 334 X1075
Cinematic B-PL 11 09318 X1705
Cine camera control M13
H1 High-voltage generator 86 10 339 X1415 11 04 897 X1075
D45 Adapter 86 09 125 X1415 Cine automatic system M12 11 04 905 X1074
D46 Actual-value acquisition 80 55 931 X1415
Angio remote-control console 11 01 927 X1707
300 Hz extension 83 37 420 X1672
H1 C-deck Microfocus 84 56 915 X1680
11 01 224 X1555
D78 Voltage supply, deck +5V/+ 15V 31 51 677 B3305
D79 Voltage supply +8.2V 31 51 685 B3305
D81 Display circuit board/C-deck 80 32 286 X1555
D83 Unit display/C-deck 86 05 081 X1555
D85 Organ display/C-deck 80 32 302 X1555
D89 Processor circuit board/deck 86 05 040 X1555

N81 Starter basic subassembly 80 16 453 X1575

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 111 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
Extensions

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D2A Programing panel


D
2 2 2 2 2 2 7 7 7 7 7 5 6 6 6 6 6 D69 D2B Logics part
0 1 3 2 5 4 0 1 2 3 4 8 1 3 7 4 5 D3 Adder
/
D D7 HSE + multiplier
6
D15 Tube load computer
5
0
D38 Sircam interface
D58 SID traking
D305 Cine interface
D390 Digitron interface

S27 S2 S1

D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D D
3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 3 1 1 1 3 2 5 7 8 9
3 3 0 9 8 7 6 2 1 0 5 1 5 0
A B 5 0 0 0

D90
D191

E E E E E E

D D D D D D D D D
4 4 4 5 5 5 5 5 5
8 1 2 0 9 5 4 3 2
0

N
1
E E E E E 1

MV1 MV2
List of circuit boards D55 Control/monitoring
D59 Power pack
KK2 G3-8

D61 Voltage suply


KK2 G1

D9 Basic circuit board 54 02 516 X1190 D63 Servicing circuit board


D10 Short-time attachment 83 53 591 X1190
KK20

KK31

ASK

D64 Opto disconnection


SK1

D11 Central unit 83 37 933 X1454


D65 Processor circuit board
D20 Filament circuit-inverter 81 06 171 X1503
D21 Filament circuit-focus 84 55 784 X1503 D69 Rear wall
D22 Filament circuit-inverter control 84 60 545 X1503
K200 D70 Power line switch-on
K1 G1

K5 D23 Filament circuit-AP selection 84 04 329 X1503


SK10
K1 G2-8

K100

D71 Voltage suply +5V


D24 Filament circuit-setting 71 32 095 X1454 D72 Voltage suply +15V
D25 Filament circuit-control 43 37 093 X1454 D73 Voltage suply -15V
D31 Unit interface 84 55 958 X1454 D74 Voltage suply +24V
D32 Iontonomat interface 81 05 405 X1454
D90 Service circuit board
D33 Fiber-optic cable interface A/B 86 17 375 X1454 D191 Multilayer rear wall
KK34 KK35 ASK2 X800 D35 Interrupt/time control 83 53 468 X1454 D300 Generator interface
D41 Inverter control 84 55 727 X1454 D340 Fiber-optic cable module
D42 kV monitoring 83 37 206 X1454
D360 Fluoroscopic interface
D50 Control interface 84 55 925 X1454
D52 Power line syncronization 74 17 405 X1454
D53 UZ actual-value aquisition 74 17 421 X1454
D54 UZ control 72 28 091 X1454

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 112 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
AP1
V1
V32
S1 AP2
R42 1 2 V2
DECK SERVICE AP3
V3
SERVICE PANEL > > AP4
U RO SOLL = 1 = 1 V4

D90 1
S2
2
SS
V31
SS
V5

TEST
V13 V6

V7
ZB/ANL ZB/ZK
V14 V15 V8
V9 V16 V26 V25 V17 V18
DECK

FA I HMIN I HMAX
>
= 1 T
V12 V24
E
T ROT DLZ UZ HU1
S
E
SERVICE S V10 V11 T +
T -

/MAS V30
>
= 1 +24V
MS V22 COMPUTER
+15V
LIMIT V21
-15V
SOLL SWR
UZ =UZ V28 V23
= 1 0VS
URO =U ROSOLL V29
TP
I RO =I ROSOLL V19
V27 I H SOLL KORR
KURZL V20
I H IST

-1V=200MA
U -1V=50KV I ^ U [-1V=20KV]
Z SOLL ^ RO SOLL RO SOLL ^
-1V1MA

U +1V=50KV I +1V=200MA U [+1V=20KV]


Z IST ^ RO IST ^ RO IST ^
+1V=1MA
^
0V 0V 0V
S S S

soll = nominal ist = actual - 1V = 200MA


- 1V = 2.5MA
DPF- 1V = 10MA

+ 1V = 200MA
+ 1V = 2.5MA
DPF+ 1V = 10MA

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 113 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

MASSE
CONNECTION M46 H1 W1 M1 M16
K1

0V L

0V
T1.14 S
NS.13
D45X2.6/7 D44X1.1 K2.B10
D46X2.6/7 D51K1.22 H1.50
D46X1.3 D43K43B.2 SR1.A2
T2.15
MA.A2

D58.B2
D59.Z16
K8.A24 K2
D30 Z12
K6.B28 K5
K8.B12 N11 Z26
K6.D28 KK20.1
K8.B9 KK1B.G1-8.1
K6.Z28 D50.Z14
K7.D30 D53.30 ASK.19
K100.MM KK31.1
K200.H/J KK1A.G1-8.1

X102.F

K3.Z32 D73.Z16/Z2/Z4 D8.Z2/B2/D2/D32 D2.B2


D39.B2 D74.Z12/Z18/Z10 D9.B2/Z32/B32/D32 D3.B2
ASK.18 D21.Z8/Z14 D300.C2/B16/C31 D7.B2/Z32
D20.B18 D70.B2/B32 D300.B32/B2 D10.Z30/Z4
D69.B22 D22.B2/B4 D41.B2/Z24 D11.B2
D55.B2 D25.B2/Z22 D42.B2/B16 D40.B2
D38.B2
D53.B2 KK1A.G1-8.2 D5.B2/B32 D37.B2
D52.B2 KK1B.G1-8.2 D54.B2/Z30

0V
D36.B2
D24.B2 KK20.2 D72.Z10/Z12/Z18 D39.B2
D23.B2 K31.2/7 D31.B2
D50.B2

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 114 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

L1 U34
U45
L2 U35 NS U46
MAIN L3 U36

POWER U37
SUPPLY U38

4 2
3 1
1 1
8 4

15
16 30ac T6 T3
T1 T2 17 12ac 30ac
13 6 3 7
24ac 18 12 11 5 4 9 10 8
15 14 14 19
Z8
N11.K2 B2 Z2
D2
U20
K2.1.3.4.5 6 7 5
NS 11 2
K3.5.7 K2.3 K3.8 12 1 9 8 10
K1
D20.B10 K3.
Z18 1.2.3.4.6 D162
N11.K2 .D10
ON 5
1 12 4 3 2 11
OFF 8 9 7
K2
D161 K1 N11K2 B22 Z4 N1.K1 7 6 4.5
K2.2 1.2.3.4 B16 N11.K2 deck deck
Z22 D4
B6 D6 fan
N11K2 Z24 Z6
NS1 Z2
B8 D22 B4
NS2 Z4 Z6
D53.30
D164A
H1.50 Z28 Z24 B32 B32 Z28
N11.K2.Z12. Z26 Z22 Z32 Z32 Z26
Z10 Z20 Z20 Z24
B8 B20 B20 Z22 D90
D70 24V
5V 15V - 15V
D74
D72 D73
N11.K2 Z10 Z30 D71

- 15V
N11.K2 B26 D26 Z26 D70 Z1 Z1 Z10
Z28.D32.Z32.D28 Z10 Z10

24V
15V
1 2 3 B2 6 6 Z12
N1.K1 Z12 Z12 0V
B8 B4 Z2 Z2 Z18
Z18 Z18
Z4 Z4
X3 X3 X3
3 2 1 D83 B4 B6
N11.K3 B32 Z32 Z2 B2

X1A X1A X1A DECK


15 14 13

Z26

K1 B26
8 X14 9
D164.A
D50.B18.Z18 0V 5V
D53.28 D4
ON OFF D30
N11.K2.B12
B2

S36 BUS MICRO

D2 B2 Z12 Z8
D191
D11
0V 5V A32 C2
A32
C2 D35

N11.K5.B18.B20.B22.B24
N11.K7.Z6.Z8.Z10.Z12

38V

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 115 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
K1 N L1 L2 L3

N11/X102.F
0V
POWER Z18

N11K2
DISTRIBUTION T1
RC2

3 U
U33
U31 3*100A 480 13 16 60Hz RC2
80A 12 29V
440V
U34 U35 U36

2
11 15 U20 A1 A2 D10
35A 415V
10 24V 50Hz 1.5A K2
380V
U37 K4 22
2 4 6 380V 4
SS 240V 3 NS
1 3 5 2A 52
220V 2
M1X1 X3 U38
X2 0V 1 14 14 D20
U47
4 U
U49 0V 13 K2
K4 18
2A
2 4 6 S1
8

NS B10 K4 20
SS 1 3 5 N11.K2

6
RC3 0V L

5
13 23 33 A1 SR

4
14 24 34 A2
U39

3
0V L N81
16A
U40

2
16A
U41

1
16A

N
U42

L
R7 R8 R9
16A
27K U43

3L

8
16A
U44 L1

2
32 28 24 30 26 22

1
16A N
N11D52
K10

K
U45
T6.4

1
16A
M1.UZ U46
T6.1
- 16A
-24V
22
NS
N11K2 B26 A26 Z26
21
N11K2 B16 MA2
14
31
13
NS N1K1 2 1 3
14 44 14
32 SS NS MA
R14 (M1) 13 43 13
N11K2 D18 B18 B24

C-DECK
+
M1.UZ

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 116 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

N1K1
D162
POWER 23 24
T3
SUPPLY K8 220V 12 30V 12 1
2 B6
U10
D74
11 0V 1 12
D6

10 30V 11 2 7
U13
C-DECK 8.2V
9 0V 2 11 6

8 30V 10
U16 5
C12 V4 4
7 0V 5 R12 +
C7 4700MF N1K1
7
S
6 30V 9
U11 4 Z22 (+5V)
B22
C13 V5
5 0V 6 R13 +
C8 4700MF
8 Z24
D22
4 30V 8
U9 3 D4
C14 Z4 (+15V)
K7 V6
0V 1 3 0V 7 R14 + C9
N11K2
D162 K1
9 4700MF Z6
B4
K2

480V 8
T6
440V 7

415V 6 14 30V Z8
380V 5 13 0V U8 2A Z2 (-15V)
T2.8 R20 +? T6.15 821 +? T6.16
U45 380V 4 12 30V B2
240V 3 11 0V U7 2A D2 (+38V)
22 21 N1K1
220V 2 10 12V Z20
(DIAMENTOR)
0V 1 9 0V U12 1A B20
U46
N11K2

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 117 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

12 T2 19

K2 1

1
60HZ
480V 29V U6

1
D164A/220V/264V
M16 18

K3 8

3
50HZ D164A/220V
220V
POWER U5

Z
D53.28
11 H5 H6
DISTRIBUTION 440V RC1

D161

B8 D8 B12
R11 R10
SR.A1 A1 A2
10 SS
415V 17 U4 (AP 1-4,MA)

3
60HZ
29V

2
* 4
16 U3

K1 4
50HZ D164A/24V
9 24V D164A/0V L
380V
D53.B30

D12 D14 Z10 Z12


V5 V7 V8 V6
NA
R15 R16
A2 A1

H1 50

51
AP1

K2 2

K2 3
15
0V

H1 52
AP2

Z16 Z14 B14


18
380V

19
U45
7 OV

N1K1 20
L
240V

Z32
6 R5 R4 R6
D21.B4/24
220V 1 10 27K

R1, 2 ... 100K LP2


5 C1, 2 ... 220MF R1 + C1 C2 + R2 C3 R3 L10
40V 510K 120MYH
20
MYF
LP1

D32
4
20V

N11K2D28 Z32
U46 K3 6 1 4 U2
3 D20.Z30

2
0V
U1 D20.Z2

3
14 U19
7

H1 H2
2 220V H19
D161
20V
R13 R12
R14 C4 V1

1 13
K3 5

40V 0V

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 118 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

D78

COM
DESK
3 1 N1
POWER off 2 on J9,10, J3-8, +UR D89.X14.8 +15V
SUPPLY
X1A X3 D83 D81 J13-15
J11 H21A
H21B
J12 D89.X14.3 +5V
X1B G1-G6 9 0V H22 J0-2, KV -UR
16 SHU MAS D89.X14.7
X10 X4 15 1 2 H23
-UE D79 -UE

D80.1

D80.2
D80.3
MS MS
8.2V X5 +UE D79 +UE
D34 XS X11 X12
D78 (-UA) D89.14
X1 D81.3-C-DECK ~UE
D89.15

8.2V

15V
LHL D79 (-UA)
X2 SD D89.X14.5
H35 0V
H31 D86 X5 X2 X1 X12 1 8 7 6/7
15 +8.2V
J12 X11 1 D79 (+UR)
16
BD675 DB1.1/DB5.1-C-DECK
2 1 X13 X14
X14
3 X4 3 L2 +5V D78 (+UA)
2 1 3 D89
0V X13 X14 X10 L1 +15V
8 D78 (+UA)
+15V X3 X9 D81.2-C-DECK
8.2V

D870 +5V J2 J1
X7 X7 TEST S3
3 2 1 5 4 3 2 8 9 X6 D79
LHL J24 6 1 7 BER2-6 ORG1,5-7 8.2V
VENTIL. D89.X6.9 -UA D89.X14.6
X16
LHL J25 X6 9 +5V +UA D89.X14.1
3 2 1
N1K1.5
C16 A1.C1 0V S26 S56 +8.2V D89.X14.1 -UE
D78.-UE(5V)
C14 A16 D84.1
S27A S27B D85 8
SD D89.X14.4
+15V +5V D89.X6.8 N1K1.4
8.2V 0V +UE D78.+UE(5V)
D89.X14.2

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 119 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

UNIT BUS
SELECTION
over view

J4
D300
N11K3 Z8 Z6 Z4 F6 B4

D2 2B/ZK AP4 3 2 AP1


B4
B28
Z6
D8 D10 Z30 B30 Z28
B14 B12 B10 B20 Z8 B8 Z6 B6 3 6 12 15 B14
+24V
D50
V4 V3 V2 V1 AP
D37.B30
AP4 AP3 AP2 AP1
D63 4 3 2 1 4 3 2 1 Z18 N11K2
24V~
D24 B18 B8/D8

B26

B20

B22

B24
Z20

Z22

Z24

Z26
Z32
B22 Z22 Z24
D90 N1K2

Z14
0VS +15V +24V Z16
B14 D14 D12 H1
D32 D4
B4 52
Z4 51
D6 50
N1K1 20 19 18 0V

Z8 B8 B10 Z10 53 52 51 50 AP2


D23 AP4 AP3 AP2 AP1 AP1
AP3

AP2 AP4

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 120 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
AP2
N11K2

UNIT D300 D37.B30 B8/D8


AP1
H1
B18 52 51 50

24V
SELECTION B14 Z18
+24V Z32 D12
B4
Details

MIKROPROZESSOR-BUS
AP1/24V B28 50
AP1 Z26 D14
0V AP2
F6 AP2/24V Z28 B24 B14 L 18 51
OUT AP2
REG Z14 19 AP3
Z4 AP3 B30 B22 52
AP3
J4
Z6 Z16 20 AP4
AP4 Z30 B20 53
AP4
N11K2 N1K1
AP1 B26
Z8

AP2 Z24
D10

ZB/ZK AP3 Z22 AP1 Z10

D50 Z20 AP2 B10


AP4
AP3 B8

D8
15 V1
AP1 +24V AP4 Z8

Z6
12 V2

D32.D4

D32.Z4
AP2

D32.B4

D32.D6
D8
6 V3 AP3
D23

D2
3 V4
AP4
D90
N11K3
B6
Z24 +24V
Z6
Z22 +15V
B8
B22 0V S
Z8

D63

B20

B10 D24
B12

B14

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 121 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

MICROPROZESSORBUS

SS
ACTIVATION D35
D11 D300
J13 J7 J23

B4 B6 F10
J27 J28 MPU MPU
D41.Z26 SS-MP
D22.B24
N11K3 Z18
V9 V8 V7

36

Z22 Z20 Z18 SS-TEST


+15
UZU SS SS-TEST N1K3 V31 S2 D90
D55.B24 B20 38

B14 +15
26 V13
D39.D6
D41.B6
D25.D14 35
D55.B30
D18 N11K3

B26
B22 D55
B20
+24v M20.B8 J24 J18
N11K2 B16 24/29V~
14 J24
SS
13 Z22
D42.B4 B12
N11K2
SS-E1N

B10
Z8 Z10 B16 +24V
D70
V8 K1
+15V +24V Z8
Z2
SS SV1 SV2
+15V Z6 SX
+15V
0V B2 Z12 Z32
0V
-15V Z4
-15V D50 B32
Z14
0V S
N11K2

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 122 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

STRL.B+24V D52.B12
STRL.D+15V D52.D12
INTERMEDIATE STRL.F 0V D52.D14
N11K8 B16 Z16 Z14

B22
CIRCUIT B23
X1
B24
D55 J16 D54
J21,J22 J11
REGULATION 1 2 3
J24
J26,J27
M1.L1,2,3 3 Z20 RS Z12
D70.B8 Z18 ST Z10 B14 D51K1.2
D57 B20 J29 Z6
B18 TR
W2.L1,2 J24 A J5 V12.G2
D70.B10 Z14 V12
B12 B4
W1.L1,2 Z22 & B J24,J28 TR ST RS SS-TEST
SS-EIN V12.G1 D51K1.4
B30 K3,B20
J18 CLK +15V
X1 4 B26 & J11 UZ control
D11.B4 MPU 3
KL1,2,3 J29 and regulation
50HZ 60HZ
KL11,12
KL21,22 J18 D Q
S2 35 D18 +15V
J30 J24 J15 V34
SS/MP B6 +15V
B22 R
Z18 D51K1.8
36 J2,J11 J28 B8 Z6

N11K3
B2 0V

J4,9,14
J20 V34.G2
UZ-MIN B10 Z4
D90 U ZMIN C Z4 V34.G1
R & -15V
D51K1.5
21 Z12
D

N11K8
JD-MAX J22
TEMP.BLOCK UZ=UZ-SOLL
/ 50HZ 60HZ UZ control
J20 +15V
D41.B8 and regulation
U >=600V:'15V' B28
Z R
V20
J23 U ZMAX D51K1.9
J18 B18
PROZESSORBUS

Z6
D J13
SS/MP J3 UZ-MAX J10 V56.G2
^'0'=UZ V56
J10 J30 UZ B16 B6
F10
R Z6 V56.G1 D51K1.6
J18 & Z24 J12

D300 B28 B16


UZU D44.7
& 50HZ 60HZ
B24
B24 J22
J18
B14 B6 +15V
Z10 U Z
HK/DL J9 J27 B14 UZ UST B30 Z4
D44.7
:'15V' & K5 K7
J20,25
+UZ SOLL

-UZ IST

Z2 0VS
ZB/ZK
ZB/ZK

U Z IST B2
&
>=1,76-U Z SOLL Z24
J14 Z4
J18 +15V
Z26
SWR/H J20,25
B12 B22 U
B30 Z IST +JD-IST
SWR/H D42.B18 B26 D51K1.10
-UZ-IST B20
Z10 B10
D53.06 +U Z SOLL Z26 D51K1.11
B10 J23 +JD-IST
J52 +UZ-SOLL
Z20 J22 Z14
J22 S1
D -UZ-SOLL Z28 D44.5
A K5
D16 Z22
D50.D10
D42.B24 Z18 SF1 D41.B26
-U Z SOLL
Z8 ZB/ZK K3.Z12
J23 J23 Z14
Z32 Z30 S2 D44.5
-J ROE SOLL K5
A12 B12
DPF
J25
Z22 +15V U V A14 B14
SF2 Z16
SWR K8 K8 D41.B4
-1V=50V -UZ-SOLL J25
Z8
D35 14 B8 J20
D90 D12
23
B12
-1V=50V +UZ-IST D50.B4
+15V 22 D390.D12
Z26
UZ=UZ-SOLL
N1K3

/ 52 K3.B16

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 123 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

SS
M1 V12
K
V34
K K
V56 + M1
W1.UZ

U2

TH1

TH3

TH5
G1 G1 G1 R1
R2
L1 1 T1 AK R3 C1
C11 R4 C2
D57 R5 C3
M1/L1
C4
GE R11 R13 C5
L2 3 L2 T2 R15 AK
BL
RT C13 C12 R6
PTC D57 R7
NS
M1/L2 R12 R8

TH2

TH4
C6
L3 5 T3 R17 AK R9 C7 R14

TH6
BL
R10 C8
C9
M16
C10
SR1 G2 A G2 A G2 A
W1.UZ
M1/L3 D57 M1
U2 -
N1 KU1 INTERMEDIATE
R18
S2
67°C CIRCUIT
R19

S1
R9 R8 R7

G1 V12

G1 V34

G1 V56
28 30 18 17 16 15 1413 0V
22 24 26 32 24 22 20
K1
K13
K12

K2

G2

G2

K2

G2
K2
K15
K16

K14

D52 V2 V1 V11,V12,V13
D51 32
28
U5 D161.K1.2
V21,V22,V23 +24V -15V J2
T8 T7 J4 0V
H1 T1-6 V31,V32,V33
J3
V117-V122 V41,V42,V43
D53 +15V 30 OV

U
R V10 V7 T1

F
T S V8 V9 V51,V52,V53 J1
V61,V62,V63
J3.J2.J1 J6
K1.2 D4 -15V
+24V +15V K1.22 K1.3 K1.4 K1.7 K1.5 K1.8 K1.6 K1.9

F
TR ST RS MPB B4 0V

U
K1.11 K1.10 K1.12 UZ J5
+15V D2 +15V
N11K5 1V=100V D6
Z10 B10 B12 B2 D12 K5 Z2 B4 Z6 Z4 B8 B6 Z8
B12 D12 B14 D2 B2 D55.B14 -UZ REAL D42.B18
0V K3.D12
D55.B16 D55.Z14 D54.B12 D54.B14 D54.B10 D54.B8 D54.B16 D54.B18 D54.B20
D54.Z26 D54.B26 V12.G1 V12.G2 V34.G1 V34.G2 V56.G1 V56.G2
D55.Z16 D55.B10
-JD-IST +JD-IST

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 124 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
B6 B8 B10 Z12 Z24 Z10 Z14 Z26

>1
- J1

THYRISTOR COMMAND J2 &

J4 Z2 +15V

U B16 U B2
D40.Z16 REG J8 0V
F MP1 J3
U REG=12V

S1

UFC B14
D40.Z20
Z8 MA
MA
D41 J7
&

B4 SF2 J14
D54.Z16 J14

J18,J19

J23,J24

J13 J28

Z22 B22 B20 Z20 B26 Z28 B28 B30 Z30


D54.Z18

K5 Z16 Z20 Z22 Z18


K7 B6 B10 B12 B8

WIL1 WIL2

+
WM1 WM2
TH1
+

N1C1 TH1

WM1.TH1
WM1
D44X1 2 TH2 TH2 WM2.TH2
WM2
K5.Z12
WM2.TH1

- WM1.TH2

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 125 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ONDULEUR
PTC
D57 W1 / W2 .L1 / L2

W1.L1/R1/V1 W1.L2
W1
W1.P
WM1 W1.L3/L4/L5LL6
WM2
+15V 3 +UZ K43B K43B
R1 TH1 G1 R1 V1 TH1 G1 1 B22 +38V
1 B18 +38V
2 V1
D42.Z12 W1.C1 C1 3 Z16 D41.Z28 3 Z22 D41.B30
J1 C1
K1 2 D K1 2
1 KURZ WR D
0V -UZ 1 W1.T1 D43 D43
5 1
D54.Z28
2 K
7 JS 2 K43B
D54.B28 V2 TH1 G1 C2 V2 TH1 K43B
C3 C2 1 B24 +38V G1 1 B20 +38V
K5 X1
0V W1.C2 R2 R2 3 Z18 D41.Z30 R2 3 Z20

D44 K1 2 D
K5 U1
K1 2 D
K5
D43 224A D43
L7 L8 224A L8 L7
W1.L9 W1.N
W1 U1

4x1K8 AP1

200M AP2 +
T1
C1

V1
U1
U2
U
420V
H1 AP1
- D210
AP2 22 2 2
V2
Z32 N11K2.Z30 AP2 21 0 0
52
AP1 T3 22
24V~ Z26 N11K2.D14 51 AP1
T2
C2
200M
21
12
12
D21
D50 N1K2.10 0V 50
4x1K8
R- P N R+ S
T4
11
11
1 1

MAS 6/7 6/7 3


D45 2/3
1
2/3
+KV
2
1
Z26 0V
B26 D40.26
J1 Z24 +15V
K1 1 expect
DLU 4 4 DLU 9
K2 K3 Z32 D25.D12
8 8 8 B32 +24V
K1 9 9 24V 7
Z30 D300.F8

A22 2
K2 K3
K1
X2 D46 5 Z28 -15V
D390 B16 K2 J3 J ROE 6 B30 D25.B24
12 12
N11K8 X3 IST 4 B28 D40.B10
10/11 10/11 -KV X1

X2
K3 J2
N11K5

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 126 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
MICROPROZESSOR-BUS

D J43 J42 +UROE


D90 D300 A
D D D35
J66 J96 A
J103
A
D11
-KV MIN
MPU
ZB/ZK SS JHU
KURZL Z28 B4
60 Z8 D8 F18 D28 Z10 F20 B12 F8 F30 Z20 B10 Z18 B4 Z4
D36.D26
K3 24V D25.D20
Z30
BLOCK

+J ROE-SOLL
-U ROE-SOLL
BLOCK

-U ROE/PLANI

SS-TEST
PLANI-SENKER

3 short circuit=stop
D18
D25 K5.Z30

D5.D24
K3.B14/D90.26
J4
K3.Z22/D90.44

>=1 UZ+UZ SOLL


D50.Z8

D55.B28

D25.B20
D5.B26
D25.Z18

D25.D30 K3.Z26
D53.D6

D9.D26
J

D5.B24
ROE= D3.Z12 D50.B4 D25.D14
ROE-SOLL K3.B6 D55.B30
K3.D4/D90 7 D50.B10 D360.Z24
SS Z26 K3.B20 D55.B26
D63.Z14
D25.Z8
KURZL K3.B26/D90.50 KURZL
SWR SWR
-UZ-IST

RESET

URDE=URDE-SOLL +JROE-SOLL 0V
Z18 B10 Z24 Z10 Z26
B4
B24

B6
Z6

Z8
Z30

Z10

B18 B22 B6 B8 Z32 B28 Z26


SS-TEST
B8 Z12 Z14
KURZL
>=1 Short circuit level J18
adjustment

D390.B20
J7,9,11,14,20
U ROE SOLL thyristor
-
J17 C +1V=20KV trigger
J18
Q J21
SO B2
J21 J19 0V S
J27 D
K3.220/D90.40
- - J12,J13
X2 J11
J13 J14 U Z2
-KV MIN B16 REG +15V
D25.38

<50:'0' +KV MIN Z16


UZ-real
& -KV MAX
+KV MAX -
ROE-MAX B18 J14 Z8
Z20
+U ROE-SOLL
J21 +15V Z2 UFC D41
B26 B14
+U ROE-SOLL B16 -15V Z4
-
SS Z32 B26 B2
+U ROE-IST SF1
ZB/ZK J15 0V
-KV-IST Z26 B8 S B4 B26
J6
SWR J18
-
+KV-IST Z8 J20 A B22 D54.Z16
RESET B20
J2,5,7,16, >1
- DPF
A A
J18,19,J21-J25 U ROE IST D390.D12
D42 D54.Z18
J16 +1V=20KV
J6,11
>=1 reset with
X1 off / on SWR B30

Z4 Z2 B2 digital
Z12 B16
pulse
-15V +15V 0V
U ROE fluoroscopy
KURZ WR2 D300.Z18 - J5 B14
A13 K3.D24 D90.47 U ROE
K8 J14 E
B2 - +1V=20KV
K7 D46 +KV-IST
KURZ WR1
H1.R+ +
J1 2 B26 Z6
+
J1 A +1V=10KV

-
J2 J15
J19 UFC
KV
D44.X1.2 Z12 +KV-IST -1V=10KV -
from X1 -KV-IST J20 Z28
K5
H1.R-
tube
+
J2 4 B28
+
J3 B
- D400 REGULATION
-KV-IST B10 J4 or D40
K5 Z30 or D410 D54.Z8
D25.D28
D390.D8
K3.Z16

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 127 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
FILAMENT CIRCUIT
B S
F F
+24V
B16
2 1 0
D6 HU1/24V B14 HU1A/B
TSR
HU2/24V
B6 B12 HU2
TSR/24V B18
D50.B28 TSR
D50.Z28 B30 D10
D6
D8 K9 20MS
J11
B4 AP1/24V B20
D24 J8
Z8 '0' B10

AP2/24V B10 HU1B


F6 Z10 B24/Z24
3S AP1 AP2 Z12

DECOD.
+15V -15V 0V -15V +15V
AP3/24V B12 1.5S HU2
Z4
TSR Z8
AP4/24V B14 D50.B26
Z6 D2 B22/Z22
D50.Z24

HU1A
HU2 J D50.Z22 preheating BF
B16 MIN
D10 J2 D50.Z20
push J7
Z18 B26/Z26
B8 J9 Z16 Z8 Z6

B8

B10
Z10 B18
D50.Z30

B20/Z20

D10
B26/Z26
AH2 Z16 T1
J MAX V4
AP4

D6 D8
B20/Z20
D50.B30

MPB MPC V10 B16


H-expect MPD B32/Z32
V3 Z14
J43 A4 AP1
MPA
D J J5 V2
D21

D4
B30/Z30
D22 B18 C1
A A1 V1 B8
K9 -15V
D112 J5 B24/Z24 N11.R2
AH Z4 Z2 Z28 Z30
F32 J12
R70 AH2 B22/Z22 B4 B2 B28 B30
R73 J5

J H SOLL KORR
N11K3.D6

AH D14 +300V -300V

JH SOLL KORR

SEC

D4
N11K2

N11K4
Z28 K2 D32

1V=1.5A
J12

1V=1.5A

come from M16


HU1 Z8 pre B6 B28/Z28 D1
B8

^
C3

N11K4
heating

^
B26 N11.R2
AP1 L10
D300 0v
B2
+15V
B6
-15V
Z4 Z30
+24V
Z18 Z14 B24
AP2 '0'
0V
D23 B26
Z26
Z6
B6
B10
Z10

Z32
+15V
F12 Z30
J52
D D30 -J HMAX
B14 B4 B2 U2
B30 D20
heating

D28
A J3 thyristor

D14
ASK.12 D6 Z2
J D390.D16 X-RAY J
B10 RGL D4 H-SOLL KORR B2
U1
27
J

N11K3

N11K2
ROE-real

J103
D
A
F24
J
D480.Z32 D50 D8 +15V D90 28
Z14
N11K3 0V B14
Z10 Z24 Z12 B6 J H-real

B18
B12 0V B18 +24V
H real
D D22 V42 +15V Z16 Z14 B16
+J D58

+J H SOLL KORR
J103 A ROE +15V
F20 soll B20
D D8 B2
Z8 Z12 Z6 B4
J ROE Z16
J52 B28 Z32
A D10
D32 Z10 D32 RA
J24 J
H-IST
B12
-1V=3A J8
SOLL-OV Z4 B12 F max
MIKROPROZESSOR-BUS

D50.B10

-15V
MPD V33 7.5 khz E
J17 F
D390.B22

K5.B30

J1
D480.B28

C J2,J3,J4
Z30 Z20 U REG
J23 U
J26 B30
Z8 MPC J22 F
F30 B26 J7
B30 J H IST B
Z20
D30 1V=1.5A J6
56 Z28 B22 J J9
J ROE IST B10 H IST
D54.Z32

J21
B30 B24 1V=3A
58 B16
B10 J27
B16
30 J5,15 B8
B28 Z14
D16
31 X Y
Z22 Z18 J13 Z16 JHU B14
44 &
ROE soll
D42.Z30 M PU B24
V27
D30 B14 J2
59 J11 Z8
Z24 RA
V25 & +24V
J11 J12
J1
Z14 Z28 J HMAX
19 D10 D24
H MAX
V26 J13 G
H min/max H
56 D6 J4,14
K9 D12 J14 B22
Z8 D22 J5
56
H MIN J12
D28
N11K3

D50.B4 V25
SWR

Z22 J HMIN
J10 K R84 D22
D480.B16
D90 -U B8
D16 J
ROE-soll
SLOT Z30 J18
J4
D25
D5.D16 J4

D35 D9.B28
Z28
J25
DLU -15V Z4 B2
+15V
B6
D18

D12 Z26 D14 JHU D20

K5.Z32 N113.B20
D41.Z10
D42.B8
BLOCK U ROE-soll D41.Z14
B4
JHU
Z4

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 128 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

RADIOGRAPHY CIRCUIT

N11S27
+24V KK20 N11K4 SERVICE
ASK 14 16
D32 CR8 Z26 8 D6 K1G2-8.C D4 V13 V14 B4 ZB/2 D24 1 2 D26
+24V
CR7
CR6
Z24
Z20
7
6
B6
Z4 D164 Z32 HK/S D28
3
N11K4

CR5 D14 5 D4 V15


D8 24V B28 D18 ZB/S,ZB
CR4 D28 4 B4 ZB D38.Z4
Program
CR3 B24 3 Z2 D2 +15V
CR2
CR1
B20
B12
2
1
D2
B2 5 6
D31 B2
0V
J51
24V 24V G1G2....8.H Z4 V11 B14 HK/S,HK
GR8
GR7
GR6 V10
VH Z12 9 B8 220V 15V
GR5 ASK11
220V V17
GR4 Z8
GR3 Z28 Z16 HK
18 D38.B4
SK1 16 GR2 Z8 Z16 V16
14 FB BEL,GB
RA Z22 Z12 GR1 7 8 Z16 K6
9 Z30 Z14 DL/S
ZB D24 D10 KK1A,BG1,2 SUP. SERVICE
12 24V
N11K6

D31 Z10 MAS


Z22 D9
N11K3

B24
DL/S 24V 46
+12V
MICROPROZESSORBUS

DL/S soll S1 +15V


V32
/HRS Z30 R42
J24
J22 Z14 DL/S
D5.B16 B18 34
D90
D35 J26 B22 HK
J30 Z30
INTER- J28 HK/S,HK
J26 B18
RUPT- B14
REG. ZB
J25 Z6 DLZ Z18
J29 DL2
J10 J13 B26 B18
Z26
D6
ROT
U ROE > 20KV
ROT
B12/Z12 D69
ZB/ANL B10/Z10
Z24 DL/5 soll B14
MUX J60 Z22
17 A9
KV-SENKER K8 D22
18
ASK B9 43 ROT
U ROE D26 B28 V10
U ROE > 20KV
B16/Z14 HL2 D/1 54 V7
F14/D12 Z16 32 SWR V14
ROT D/1
Z8 D54.Z24 V22
ZB/ZK Z12 24 ZB/ZK
D14 ZB/ANL B22 42 V23

D30 J41
J46
J51
D20
D5.D22
B10 18
ZB/ZNL V15
V8
B12 B6 10 V5
B28 D3.Z12 Z4 8
F16 D25.D30 D36,B26 D32 63
LIMIT mAS
D2 +15V UNIT INTO 55 LIMIT V21
Z16 MS D28
B32 B2 0V D18 /NRS Z24 48 V22
MS V30
D4 -15V Z32 PPR D42.Z8 D20 39
Z16 24V DL2 /MAS V11
D5.D28 D41.Z8 N11K3
D40.Z30 B10 XZ.Z10
F2 +24V >1 K2.B24 B12
Z10 U ROE IST
Z12
ZWR/HP
B8 D50 D6
B4
ZWR D41.B10
D42.Z10
D90
D54.Z8
ASK-12 D25.D28
D36.Z24
D40.B30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 129 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

CPU MULTILAYER CONNECTION

X1.A29
D71.B8
X2.Z2

+5V
MULTILAYER

0V X2.B2 REAR WALL

D191
D11

MPU MPU
X2.B4 X2.B6 X2.D2

+15V

D55.B26 D22.B24
D41.Z26

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 130 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
EQUIPMENT CONNECTION

VH RA HU D36.B16
D31.Z12 D31.Z22 D31.Z22 D31.D30 D31.B30 D36.Z02
D31.D24
D31.F8 D36.B18
N11K6 B8 Z8 Z12 Z10 B10 D10 Z16 D18
B16
D164A/X1 Z16 D18
B8 Z8 Z12 Z10 B10 D10 +24V
V25
+24V V51 US24 V52
US22 V13 C1 V64 V63
R5 V26
0V 36V US50
- + - +
V15 V28

220/264V

11
21 US11 R2 11 21 US10 R4 R3 21 11 US9
14 8.2K/8W 8.2K/8W 24
24 8.2K/8W 14 24 14

X2 X3 D10 D32 B30


B16 D14 D8 Z10 B32 D30 X3 Z32 X2 X3

D164B D164B

16 14 10 8 8 13 11 7 5
10
US12
US14

US18 US18 US29 12 6 US29


US16

US14

US16

US15

US17

US15

US15

US17
US17
15 9 9 US29
US12 US13 US13 US13
D12 D16 D20 D24 9 10 X2 B32 D30 3 5 B2 D24 2 7 D6 D20 2 7 D6 D20
US28
X3 US5/6/7/8 X3 X2 V18 TO V24 X3 X2 X3 X2 US27
US1/2/3 US4 US26
11
21
US25
24 14

G5 G5 G6
G3

G5

G7
G4
G5
G6
G7

8 9 11 12 15 15 G7
G3 G8 G4 10 G6

G6

G8
D164C/G1/2 7 7 8 G8 9 G1/2 G4 11 12 G5
16 7 G4 G8
9 10 3 5 2 7 1 8

KK1A/B.G8 7 10
KK1A/B.G7 7 10
KK1A/B.G6 7 8 9 10 11 12 15
KK1A/B.G5 7 10
KK1A/B.G4 7 8 9 10 11 12 15
KK1A/B.G3 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 G3 15
KK1A/B.G1/2 16 8 9 10 11 12 13 15
VH RA P HU 220-264V

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 131 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

UNIT CONNECTION ADAPTATION


KK20.3
KK20.5 KK20.1
220/264V 220/264V
0V 24V D31.B28
B28 Z28 D12 Z8

N11K6 N11K6 N11K6


D28 B12 D32 Z32 D164A/X1 D8
D164A/X1 D164A/X1
+24V
US50
US20
D164C/G8.16
0V 0V LAST 0V
M16.D161K1.3
220/264V V12 220/264V
M16.D161K1.1
220V V62 US25 US26 US28
US27
M16.D161K1.2
US40

US33 US35 US37 R1


X4 B4 B3 B2 B1
US34

US31 US36 US38


X4 A4 A3 A2 A1

Z24 D26 B26 Z26 D28 B28 Z28 X2 B2 Z2 D4 Z12 D12 B12 D6 B10

US12 US13 US14 US15 US16 US17 US18 US29


24/29V US40 Z2
M16D161K1.4 1 4 X2

US13 US12 US18 D164B


US15

US17

US16 US12 US14


US17

US14
US18
US29

US29

US29

US16
D164B 4 6 X3 D8 D32 D22 Z32 D28 X3 D10 D14 D18 D22 Z2 11 D4 D26
X3 X2

US1/2/3 US4/5/6/7/8
11
14

G4

G5

G6
G7
D164A/G6 1 2 G5 G7 G6 4 G3 G8 G1/2 6 G5 6 6 G8
G6
G4
14

D164C/G6 1 2 3 3 3 3 3 G6 4 G1/2 5 5 5 5 5 5 5 G1/2 6 G5 6 6 G8


G8
4 4 11

KK1A/B.G8 3 5
KK1A/B.G7 3 5
KK1A/B.G6 3 5 6
KK1A/B.G5 3 5
KK1A/B.G4 3 5
3 5 6 6
KK1A/B.G3
KK1A/B.G1/2 2 3 4 5 14 6
0V 0V +24V-G1,3...7/24/29V 220/264V ZB :220/264 /24V
220V +24V

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 132 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

DESK OPTICAL FIBBER COMMUNICATION

C - deck

D33 D89
D340 D340 J45

LWL
D34A
C - deck
MIKROPROZESSORBUS

m J47,J52
S1 - deck - option
i
c
r
D34B S1 - deck D89
o
p J31 D340 D340 J45
r LWL
o
c
e
s
s S2 - deck
D34C
o D89
r
D340 D340 J45
LWL

S2 - deck - option

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 133 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

(T) (S) (R)


L3 L2 L1

STARTER L8
L6
K1
IR2
1 1' 1 R OR16
N81 2 2' 2
R1
R2 S
R6
+
3 3' 3 T K2
R3
2 8
X50 C1
C4
1/2 5/6 7
V1+ X8 RSD
V4 V1 RSB
D60 X9 4 II RSC
3 K2 II (B)
X50 71 33
D660 11/12 II (C)
V1 + + 4 X50 L1 34 II (D)
V1+ L2 72
1 ~ 15/16 1 1
V1G1 V1- R C21 II (A)
2 GE
V1G2 BL
V1 C20 D66A
+ 2 L2
C23 2

+
V1 +
~ R L1 V10
RSB
V2+ C22 15 3 K2 RSC
R L1
X40 L2 3 OHA RSD
1 3
81 43 0 (B)
16 GE C2 C3 0 (C)
V2+ V2 44

+
0 (D)
C1 82
~ 6/7 L1 BL 0 (A)
V2G1 1 V2- X7 4 L2 4
V2G2 2 X40 1/2
V2
V2 V3 X66
+

V2 D64
X40 12 11
V3+ C3 C4 13/14
C2
R R OR16 R7
V3 3 2 IR2 D670
+

V3+
K2
V3G1 1 ~ 1 6
V3- - 1
V3 D67
V3G2 2
D600 2 B
+

V3 A / 0V
U13
X60 RSD
S10V-B40K550
C13 U12 U11 RSB
(380/415V) 6 RSC
K2 13
51 I (B)
X60 C12 C11 I (C)
L3 T R12 R11 R102 52 14 I (D)
L2 RSD R13 I (A)
S 4
L1 - +
11 12 13 7 9
R RSC (440/480V)
5 D680
(380/415V)
RSB RSD
D610 6 R2 R1 R101
R102 RSB
R3
380V (420,440,480) 3

OHI RSC
5
4/13 K2 23
3 61 III (B)
10 5 6 4 2 3 1 8 10 III (C)
18.5V/3

III (D)
3/14 D62 62 24
7 - III (A)
2/15 1 +
70°C
1/16 V12 V11
4 0V
2 V13
X20

7/10 1 2
22.3V/3

2
V13G1

V13G2

V12G1

V11G2
~
V12G2

V11G1
~

~
6/11
V13+

V12+
V13

V12

V11
X6

V11+
5/12 D61
A 8/9
0V
1
X6 X61 D68
0V L (GEN) 0V
4 5 9 L (GEN)
K1 K2
6 8 N (GEN)

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 134 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

D670 POLYDOROS
+15V
STARTER C B 0V A
+24V 0V

N81 C B A A1 C1 +24V
D67 +15V G
+15V +15V 0V G
A
A A24/C24
+15V 0V
A32 G A1/C1 A2/C2
0V A
C32
C26 +15V
-15V A26 G 0V D64
A10
+5V A10,C10
VERS C10
C35
A14
OV C14

A9,C9 0V
D610 A11,C11
V7
2/15 F5 L1 V1 A11.C11 +5V MP +5V MP
T22 A32,C32

J24,V5,R7,C8
R1,2 V2
4/13

V11-V16
C31 +24V +24V
T23 B A10,C10 A31

USTAB
C4 +24V

MP-VERS
R23 A29 J33.9/R21,22,23
3/14
T21 C29
1 C J20 A17
L1 ( R ) 4 1 3
F1 A A30,C30 15V +15V
T21 C1 V9 R21 C17
13
1 10 12V R3 2 + V12
L3 ( T ) 1 R20 A13.14,C14
F3 0V C6
T23 0V
0V D A27,28,C28 A

J20,R36
2 7 1 0V X68
L2 ( S ) 1/8 9 15
X66
1/8 9 16 6 1/8 9 16
F2 V10 A19,C19 2 6 2 X65 9/10 11/12
T22 VERS X62

STATF
X65

ZHFB

2HFB
9/10 11/12
1/16 1/16 D650
+24V A21-A23

STATF
0V
R1 C21-C23 C4
7/10
T22 r R5
V40 +15V A24,C24
e A
V41-V46

L 4 1

A32,B32, C32
g A26,C26 A2 C21
0V X6 F15
K1 5/12 D61

A21,B21
X62 X66 X68 (BL)X1
T23 R32 V32
C41 -15V 1/8 9 15 2 1/8 16 2 6 1/8 9 16 A2 C21
6 9
R2 C40,42
6/11 1

+15V
V33,R33
T21 S1
0V A L1
8/9 8/9 0V A C28-C32
2 A28-A23

D65
X6 X61 RSB J
3 32
0V
+15V 0V
G V1
16 16 X20

D63 +24V +24V V6

+15V Z22 0V
0V
0V G B22 +15V +15V

D60
+24V +24V
+5V VERS 24 V81
8/9
0V 22 0V A D68
D66 G

X60
+5V
+
D66 2V4
0V +U G
2 X8 C19
X6 X9 (BL) X1

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 135 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
K2.2
X50 1,2,3,4
+5V
D66 -15V +15V
STARTER +5V V32 V30
N81 Y V31
R11 R23

R22 J10J10
V51 V61
V76 V78
>360V
>24V M1 J20 J30 J30
V54
U Z R76 R78
J6,V75 B C A

V53 J9
J9 J8
J8 & J20
D
V63 R21
J6,V77 R12 R20

0V
J6
M2
J6 D61
V52 A19/C19
V62
A17

X1 D65
X40
K2.1 X66
15,16 X66 J15,14
2 C13 STATF X2
0V J18
A 2 STATF C6

J6
10 ZUS1
10

D650
J7
J8
ZUSI

VERSF
-1 J1 X1
3 TRAP (BL)
3 X65 C17
ZWAU C17
B26,
9 &
C20

J7 J15 J3,14 J1
J3
6 ZWFA 5 ZWF 6 B18
-1 J13
6 & X65

RST6.5
&

8 J14
6 14 C18
6
1

RST5.5
J6,7
ZWAU
7 7
J14
7 12 7 A17

RST7.5
RESET
X68 1 C13
J15
6 ZWFB J13
0V
A 6

X2 (FL)
0V 2 STATF
A 2

D68 X1 T2 OUT
A9
10
ZUS1
10
D64 A15

C14 T4 OUT
ZWAU A25
7 7

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 136 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
F3 F7
D68 DLZ
C26
B27F4 C28
HICR2 HICR1 HICR3 B11 F2 B26 F6
STARTER (HIV3)
X2(FL) A13
(HIV2)
B16
(HIV4)
A14
(HIV1)
C15
(HAV3)
C14
(HAV2)
B14
(HAV4)
B15
(HAV1)
C13 B9
FA
B10 ROT
C10 F1 B25 F5 B27
B28 F8
B29
SUV
N81

+15V
D67X1.A2/C2
A21 C20 C21 A20 A23 C22 C23 A22 G C5 C6 A5 A6

SER1 D63

SER0 D63
D64

J30 J31 J30 J31 J28 J29 J28 J29


J23.24 J23.24 J23.24 J23.24 J23.33 J23.33 J23.33 J23.33

C19
13
12 14 11 X66 13 12 14 11 A4 C4
X66/68 A1/C1 C3 A3
J1.8 C17
(HIV3)

(HIV2)

(HIV4)

(HIV1)

(HAV3)

(HAV2)

(HAV4)

(HAV1)
HICR2

HICR1

HICR3

B30

Z36

B32

Z32
A2/C2

B26

Z26

B28
Z28
X68 13 12 14 11 X66 13 12 14 13 C1
D66

R2.1J2.14
V21 V31 D68 V31 V21 V11
B18
V11 V41

Z18
J1,4,R11-14

J5,J4
B20

R8,J7
C11,12

J1.4 J1.4 Z20


J5 J5 J5
R21.24 R31.34
J3 J2 J1 B20
C21.22 C31.32
V33 V23 V13
V23 V33 V43
V34 V24 V14
V26 +24V V36 +24V

V13 D63
R16 R46

V16
V44
ROT
R27 R17 R37 R37 R27 R47 R17

V45
V22 V12 V32 DLZ
V17 V47
0V FA
A.0V A
C13
V37 V27 V17
C43
T3 T2 T1 SUV
V15 V48
V39 V29 V19

POLYDOROS
T1 LED V38 LED V28 LED V18 0V G
V16 V37 T4+24V
+24V
T2 T3
V27.V28 V37.V38 V49
LED V25 LED V35
V19

V18

X13 X12 X14 X11

V3 V2 V4 V1
V11

X3 X2 X4 X1
V12 V13
G2

G1

G2 G1 G2 G1
+
+
~

11/12 1/2 13/14 6/7 15/16 5/6 11/12 7/8


V12 V11 V13
X40 X50

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 137 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
R S T
R1 R5
+15V
V33 R6 R2 R4 R3 D62 V49
STARTER J31 J40,R44,C44
N81 R J22
8.2MS R49
X1 J2,J3,J5,J17 NET2F
3~ 2
1 2
D65 J22,40
D64 X62.6
J39
R J18,J25,J33
R 22MS
ZWAU J30,J38
X66/68.10 0V
ZUSI X1 B J33.9
X66/68.7 380V J23,42 J25.10
J8.9 ZWAU 415V J18.4
X66.7 V35

A>B
440V J25.3
ZUSI J18.3

PROM
X68.10 480V
J25.11
J8.8 50HZ J18.10
60HZ J33.6
3~ P
J27 1 P
J33 11 J21,22
A24 11 V36,J18 J34,26,19,27
ZUS0 ~
C12 ZUS0 S
4V 15V R22,C29,J14,J23
J32 7 J28,19,21
ZWAU R
C11 7 ZWAU & 11
A25 J14,R39,C39 ENABLE
J26 J20,26,34
J22
R13,J27 J41,R42
R37,C37,J14 8
4V C24 10 5 4 J20 J20 J20
ZUSI 15V & & J26 J34
9 J20
B13 ZUSI 10 6 C42
R19,J33 J41
J25 4 11 4 3 4 10
J32,R12 +24V J29
RSBK
5 &
J37 12
5 V54 &
R13,J25 J14
RSB 10
C26 R19,J33 12 12 &
RSB A15 4V V61 13
15V &
R64 +24V 11
R23 4 &
4 V55 15
R13,J25 RSCK &
J14
A26 12
RSC A16 4V 13 15V 13 V62
R19,J33 RSC R65
+24V
R22 3 3 V56
R13,J26 J14
RSDK
4V A25 14 14 R66
RSD C16 V63
15V
X2(FL) R19,J33 RSO
R21
X20 6 5 4

6/11

2/15

7/10

3/14
RSB 4/13 5/12
X62 RSC RSD
X60
V3+ V2 V1+ V3 V2+ V1
V15
V25 V17 +24V
V27 C1
V1+ V26 T1 V1G2
V22 V12
V16 R14
T2 0V V1

V45 V35
V47 V37
V2+ V46 V36
V2
V42 V32
T4 T3

V65 V55
V67 V56
V3+ V66 V56 V3
V62 D60 V52
T6 T4

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 138 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

C22 X2 A7 TRA0
V71
STARTER V72
STR1
STR2
C13
V73 X2 A8 TRA1
N81 V74
STR3
STR4

D63 V70

V75
V76
V77
V78
X2 C8
300V
Z24 Z8 Z6 B6
B8 STR1
STR2
STR3
STR4

A18 RS0
X2 B1
C4 J14
J19 A21 RS1
X2 B2
C3

J11.J16
A4
J6
J10
A3

A1
C1 A13 ROE F X2 C2
AP4 AP3 AP2 AP1 J6
24V STR4 STR3 STR2 STR1

POLYDOROS
D67
A8 D65
A9
C9
C11
A11

C16
A16
C18
C15 A14
X62

J9
J10
RSBK 5 5
RSCK 4 4 J11
D62 RSDK 3 3 J12

D64
2 2 TEMPF A13 X2 B6
J14
1 6 J15 NETZ F C12 X2 B7
X20 2 1

70° S1

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 139 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
250V? /220V?
D801.K5.1 HS
STARTER HS 13 14
44 HS C2
0V
N83 over view Z14 43
+15V +30V R3
N11.K3 B14 D14
29V?
0V B12
X3.1 2 3 X1.4 5 X3.10 X1.1 10 11 6 9 8 X1.3 X3.4

X1.2

7
LR1
8 X2.1
7 ROE1.0
R4
5
LR2 LR5
D812

8 6/7
8 8
ROE3.0
V1 LR4 5
X2.7
7 6/7
8
LR7 ROE2.0
X2.4
0
TEST 8
+ 7 X2.2
ROE1.1
R52
LR9 X2.8 ROE3.1 I
X3 X2.5
Z10 C16 5 ROE2.1
2B/15V RUN UP
6
LR9 X1.7 II
J5 5
C1
LOGIC 6 R1
LR3
5
X1.9
BRAKE MONITORING R1
J5
Z18 8
B16
RO183 2 1

B28 B16 7
ROE3/15V LATCH
Z16 5
6
Z30 J7
ROE2/15V
N11.K3

LR3
8
7 X2.3 ROE1.11
R9 6/7 5
LR6
8 X2.9
ROE3.11
6/7 5

V25/TUBE1 LR8 8
1 2 ROE2.11
V24/TUBE2 X2.6
V23/TUBE3
J15
D880 5

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 140 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

+30V
250V /220V
RC1

D801.K5.1
HS

+15V

0V
L
+30V
0V
STARTER RUN UP / CONTININUOUS RUNING
13 14
N83 details HS
A2 A1 C210MYF D14
N11.K3 HS
43 44 R3 22R R2 33K
B14 Z14 D14

X3.1 X3.2 X3.3 X1.4 X1.5 X3.10 X1.1 X1.11 X1.6 X3.9 X1.8 X1.3 X1.2 X3.4
X1.10
7 X2.1
+15V 0V +30V R4 7 ROE1.0
LR2 LR1
8 4K7 5 X2.7
8 8 ROE3.0
V1 8 5

MONITORING
LR4 LR5
2

43 8
LR7 X2.4 0
ROE2.0
D81

- + R52 8 7 X2.2
TEST ROE1.I
2R2 LR9 X2.8 I
ROE3.I M
X2.5
ROE2.I
X3
RUN UP LR9 X1.7
Z10 D16 6 5 II
5 MONITORING
ZB/15V
J5 LR3 R1
6 5 C1
R2,3 10MYF 33K
LOGIC R1
X1.9
BRAKE
12R PHASE SHIFTER
2x3K9
J5 MONITORING
ROT83 8 2 1
B16 Z18
J14
7
B16 Z16 LATCH 5
ROE3/15V
RS-8 LR3
6 7 8 X2.3 ROE1.II
Z16 J7
ROE2/15V

N11.K3
D880 R9 5
X2.9
ROE3.II
LR6 8
8K2 5
V25 V24 V23 X2.6
ROE2.II
4x4K7 8
LR8
ROE1 ROE2 ROE3 1 2
J15
5

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 141 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

FLURO +24V D28 D360


RADIOGRAPHY +15V D2

B2 0V J13 INPUT-REG.
INPUT-REG J18
CONNECTION -15V D4
J38,J41-J43,J46-J48
DL00-DL04 J7
J59 -24V
INPUT-REG. J12
+24V
G3-8: +24V
DL00

+24V DL01 X8

D300.B28
J39
B14 DL03
Z20 Z18 70KV
Z12 D14 B12
D20 S22
B16

D12
B26

B24

B10

Z22
D24

D32

B30

B28
Z30
D26

D30
D16 D18 Z24 B20 D22 Z16 Z14 D10 B8 Z10 D8 B6 B4 Z4 Z8 D6 Z6 Z28 B18 Z26 Z2
B22
E D C B A E D C B A

SWR
0V

+12V..-12V

+10V...0V

G3..G8
MULTIPLIER
13 16 15
KK2 17 4 8
Z48

G1
G3-8 7

KK2G1,2.1

KK2G1,2.3
14 18 19

D50.B4
18 KK31 15 16 13 3 2 10 9 8
19 16 ASK2

+24V
11 14 13 17
KK2G1,2 15 24V 0V
S
KK31 17
KK20 8 7 4 5

KK2 G1 to G8
U M 24V+15V 12 6 3 2
10
15 1 2
13
Z24 Z22

Z48
J89 KK20

Z48
11 10 9 8 7 6 5 4 2 12 +24V
B22
Z14
MUX K6
DLZ J D8 B18
MICROPROZESSORBUS

F22 Z18 KK34 D12


A
D25.Z8
D480.B28 D63 K5M
B10 D10

110KV
D42.B6

96KV
2 1

85KV

77KV

55KV

50KV
70KV

63KV
J3
D59
F30 D32 B2 D2 B6
D300 REG.
SUV
FA B20

Z20
K6 Z32 D8
1.
2.

220/264V

220V
B10 B11 K8 B16
A10 A11

D35 J23
J27
Z10 FA D26 51 FA

7
V9

V6
B30 D4
INTERR.
S0V
REG.
Z6 DLZ D20 39 DLZ V11
J13 J24
N11K3

J29 B8
D90

KK20
14
16

X1 D32 Z32

D6
+24V GR8 Z26 B10 B10 B30 D16
X1 K6

ASK 15
8 B6 J51
GR7 Z24 220V
7 Z4
GR6 Z20
6
D164 A-C 24V D31
D4
GR5 D14
5 D24
24V
GR4 D28
4 B24 220V
GR3 B24 5
G5 G7
3 G3 G8
G4
GR2 G6
B20
KK1B
GR1 B12 B12 5 11
ASK 1 X1 G1,2
K6 15
ASK
D31

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 142 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
B
C
C
GENERATOR PDL D164 1.
KK1BG1.15 2. 9 B16
HKDL PRINCIPE +24V
8
KK31 6 4 2
X8 D360
5 3 1

Z119
B16
K6 Z2

+ Z26
J9
D N Z8 J29
+
Z6 J30
F -
-
H D6
E
N
T
GONG +24V
X800
KK2 1 3 2
1 J15 J84

1
+24V 2 X2,B32
0V 4 X2 Z32 X4 1 2
8 +24V G1
7 B28 +24V
N55 D411

- 5
D58.Z14 SID 1 2
+24V
+

3 6
D31.B30 OIL-SWITCH
N
GONG ASK2 24V
D8 B2 B16
X1 Z10 D4 D6 D2 B12 D10 B6 B10 D16
V6 1
V14 22 S11
2 X4
S12
V9 V8
3
K2
V7
K2 X1.D14 +24V STRL.B
X1.Z2
D59 D31.D32
+24V
X3.2
24V/5A
X3.1
K3 X1.20 OIL
X1.Z16 STRL.F
T1 0V

GE X1.B14

0V +24V K1
28 30 26 24

MV1
MV2
V1 36V
D47

M1O1
H11 H12

220V K1.2
0V L
K2.3
D161
D53.B28
D53.B30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 143 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

GENERAL IONTOMAT SYSTEM


D32

+
- 4 MAS-BUZ
H:'15V' D:'15V'
G3 2 0 2 1 22 23 2 4
G2
G4 G1

1/2P.
G5
G6 KV-BUS Q8........Q6
JK3 +15V 0V KV0/KV1/KV2/KV3/KV4 Z32 B18 B6
2POL. P K L J H F D B/C B28/B26/B24 Z8 D26 Z4

D30

D20

B16

B22

B20
Z28

Z16
E -15V Z22/Z18
M46 (D1) B14
G 1
JK2A.C R +300V Z12 B12
A C A
JK2B.C
JK2C.C
1000V HSE : 15V Z26
E
V17..........V20 D2 D7.Z20 D7.B26
AP.R Z30 B H F D
JK2D.C D7.B20
JK2E.C +1/4P V4-V8 D7.Z18
+ 'H' 'D'
JK2F.C :+15V D9.D4 Z6 J21 'U' D7.B18
Z4 J1 Z6 D7.Z16
D9.Z4 Z8
C B10/D24/D22/D20/D18/D16 B10 B D8.D18
J20 B4
A
B20 C D8.D16
B26

JK3
B14 B24 D D8.Z16
D3 D14
Z14
B18 E D8.Z14
J1
B8 +5V B16
D12 B28 F
B4 D10 D6 B2 Z2 B8 B2
D8 D2 D4 Z2
0V +15V +15V(D) 0V D8.D14
-15V (A) 0V +15V (A)
Z4 D32 D6 D8.Z18
D2 D32 16
B2
KA Z2 '15V' D32.B24 MAS
KB
KC '15V' D32.D24 D3.Z6
1POL. KD '15V' D32.Z24 '+15V' D 31 Z2 D3.Z4
Z6 B22
KE J1

Z6

Z8

D18
B20
B32 DB D6 B10 B18 Z20 Z18 D20
KF

D14

D16
B12

B16
0V

Z12

Z16

Z22

D4

D2
Z4

Z2
U=R *J

B A

+1/4P.

+1/2P.
D28 D26 Z24
300V
D8 D24 B
B30 A
EK ;'15V'D31Z10

A
B V2
C
3MS J2
J6
D 0.5MS
1MS
E V1
2MS

D8 F
D16

D18

V37
Z14

Z16

D14 Z18
D9.Z12 J12 J12
J9
D9.B12 +
D9.D14 J8
D9.Z16 J3 +15V
D9.B16 J1
J3 J13 J8
D9.D16 T 1
J1 + LP1
K J13
B18

B20

B28 Z20
Z16

Z18

J1
Z14 L S
A
J4 Q
B J3
- J14
J13
C J16 J15 R
H J5/J9
MPL D J7 G
J12
E
J11
KF J3 F
B30 D9 E
MAS
F R4
J-R*J +
B16 Z10 C J17
MULT J6 R3 Z32 LP2
I D
KE B14 B24 B2 Z14
B28 Z28 B30 D10 D32 D12 B14 B4 B26 Z26 B8 D26 D28
+15V 0V -15V +15V Z30

KD
-1 ROE-IST KORR

/
KC
D7 -1V=200MA

Z2 B22
B6 +15V (D)
D25.Z28 K3Z10 (D90) D30:F18
HSE KB Z2 +15V (A) D10 100V
D30:D18
MAS
B2,Z32 0V +15V Z32

KA J28 Z6 -15V (D) +15V (A) B2


B4 -15V (A) +15V -15V
0V Z4/Z30

-15V (A) Z6 J2,J3

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 144 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

PLANI IONTOMAT connections

J43

D300 D
A
J66

J66
-
J67 -U ROE PLANI
J22

J11
Z12 SWR/MP
10K J97 PAL D50.B8
- PLANI-SENKER
J96 - LOGIK
J3
J14 J33

Z10 D20 F18 D8 D28 D18 Z32 Z30


D35.D6
-U ROE SOLL
D2.B8 K3.B10
'15V'
D3.B4 D25.Z30

+
Z18 D31.Z2 D7.B30
R

J17
D40
- 2R B28 B26 B24 Z22 B18 Z30
B4 D22 B8 D20 B26 B22 D10 D14 D24 B24

'1.5V'

'15V'
SOLL
U -U

KV4

KV3

KV2
C AB ROE SOLL-U A ROE IST

SLOT
BLOCKIERUNG

PPR
+ + U ROE SOLL KV0 KV4

RDL
U ROE SOLL -2 J24 -1V=20KV
1V=20KV X2 LOGIK
J25 FOLIENPROM
& J22
J4 (X1622)
J15 J10
PROGR. J8
-1/2
FUER R1- <96KV '1' U A ROE SOLL -U APJ
0 JNH. >96KV '0' U A ROE IST - ±4
10 R11 3.6 Q0 Z4 J4,J9,
+1/2 1/2 J19,J24
0-3.6V 1.5MS ST.ST
Z6 KVO ZEITEN J26 J1, 13, 17 J10
BEI ZB:
MIKROPROZESSOR-BUS

J21, 22 J27 6
B18 KV1 J1

D3
J34
D8 KV2 U APJ
+2 3,6V-10V
D12 KV3 T J10 J23 D2 D4 D6 D8 D10 D12
+15V 7MS
Z18 KV4 JNH. RDL -RDL D28
SOLL IST
D20 PPR Q1 Q2 Q3 Q4 Q5 Q6
KV5 J9 J1
JNH. J15
D18 Z20 D20 B20 B18 Z18 D6 Z8 Z6
10V
Z14 ANGIO B14 >1
J37 Z26
B22 MS3 D26 >1 J6
D18 MS2 D30 B10 '15V'
B8 MS1 B30 J11
J9, 16, 18 D1
B12 MS0 Z30 MS
LOGIK TIMER J14 D16 D7
D8 J3, 5, 19
SLOT D8
D6 J15 J16

G Z28
Z2

+15V
G1...G8
Z4
RDLIST

A J6 B30
1/2 Z10 B22
B2 H
0V D
J7 Z6
-15V B12 J13 J14

*25
F

B10 D5
B32

Z2
0V A

+15V
D5 Q0 Z4
D10

D35.Z14

K32.Z24
J2 +
D2 J5, D26
B16 Z30 R
RS-FF J9
/MAS /

B6 D12 S

D32 TP Z26

Z22
D9
K9.Z10

D31.Z10
/MAS
Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 145 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
N11K2
M46
N11
CHAMBER JK2A.C
F
Z12
CONNECTION
JK2B.C
H
B12

JK2C.C
J
D14

JK2D.C
L
Z16

JK2E.C
K
B16

2 POL. CHAMBER ADAPTER III


D1
300/100V
JK6 D9
P
D16

R R8 R9

0V A C2

B32

B22
+15V

0V

+1000V D8
+15V

+300V

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 146 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Connection 12 mm chamber
JK 12MM CHAMBER WITH ADAPTER III/IV UNIT INSTALLATION GENERATOR WITH JONTOMAT P
2

C A 300/
B 700V
X4 JK JK2A-F JK2A- 3
F D 300
1 1 F
E 6 R R R V
5
K H 1 700
J V
K K
N L
M A
R P X
III I II H H
3
A

JK 5 C C
1 A -
10 5 2 A A
+
9 4 0 A
8 3 V
7 2
6 1
M M
A -
N N
+
+15
3 +15
V D E
V
- 3 -
15V E D
15V

DOM
7 F F
II

DOM
9 B B
I

8 L L
DOM
II
D906
1
0
O P P
VD

J J
A

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 147 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Connection 6 mm chamber
JK2 6MM CHAMBER UNIT INSTALLATION GENERATOR WITH JONTOMAT P
14 PINS

C A
B
F D JK2A-F JK2A-F 3
JK1
11 300V
E 300/700V R R 2
K H 1
J 700V
K K
N L
M A
R P H H
A

3 C C
-
9 A A
+
0VA
A

JK1
M M
12 -
N N
+
A
4 D E +15V
+15V

3 E D
-15V -15V

1
7 F F DOM III

9 B B DOM I
D906
8 L L DOM II

10 P P 0V D

J J
A

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 148 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

BOARD IONTOMAT D1

JK3
D - 15V E

E + 15V D

R R
+ 300V
R8 R9

C2
A/H/J/K 0V B / C

JK2A
JK2B
JK2C
JK2D + 15V
JK2F
+ 15V

C V19

JK2A J1 / J2 A
JK2B
JK2C
JK2D V20
JK2F
- 15V

- 15V

FILTER

BOARD D1
R2 TO R7

JK3
P
K
L
J
H
F

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 149 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 '15V'
SM 2282470-100
A B C D E F
B8 B8 B10 B20 B24 B18 B28

R14 R16 R17 R18 R19 R20 R21


1KS 1KS 1KS 1KS 1KS
BOARD D2 B12 1 3
J13
2 9 8
R1
J6
10
13
12 J6 11
J7
R10 98 2 1 12 13 8 9 9 8 6 5
V2 J7 J12 J17 J17 J12 J12
V1 2 4
3 10 3 11 10 10
24 J6 5
2 1 12 9 8 8 9 5 6 6
H 1
13
J12 J13 J13
J7 J18 J7
R2
5 11 10 10 7
B6 4 3 4
J6
13 12 13 12 5 6 2 1 5 6 2 1
D 6
J18 J13 J17 J17 J18 J18
R3
11 11 4 3 4 3

Z8
B16
+15V Z14
A1 B14
K2 B26
D2A B4

V21 TO V29

PLUG
MATRIX
+15V

J8
J5
J14
J10
J9
J15
J19
J25

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 150 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

UNIT IONTOMAT ADAPTATOR


+24V

G1 G2 G3 G4 G5 G6 G7 G8
D32.B30 D32.Z30 D32.D30 D31.B20 D31.D28 D31.Z20 D31.Z26
D31.B12 D31.B24 D31.D14 D31.Z24

N11K6 B14 D14 Z14 B2 D2 Z2 B4 D4 Z4 B6 D6

D164A/X1 B14 D14 Z14 B2 D2 Z2 B4 D4 Z4 B6 D6

+24V

US31 US33 US34 US35 US36 US37 US38


US1 US2 US3 US4 US5 US6 US7 US8

V1 V2 V3 V4 V5 V6 V7 V8

M16

D164A/C8 16 G5 17 G5 18 G5 19 G1/2 20

D164C/C8 16 G5 17 G5 18 G5 19 G1/2 20

KK1A/B.G8

KK1A/B.G7

KK1A/B.G6

KK1A/B.G5

KK1A/B.G4

KK1A/B.G3
16
KK1A/B.G1/2
17 18 19 20
+24V

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 151 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ERASING THE CONTENTS OF THE EEPROM IN THE DECK

IMPORTANT !
WHEN THE CONTENTS OF THEEEPROM IN THE DECK
ARE ERASED THIS MEANS THET ALL STORED PROGRAMS
ARE LOST. THE OPTIONS ARE PROGRAMMED ON.

A) OPEN THE FRONT PANEL AT THE C-DECK-K/S DECK

B) GENERATOR ON
C) ON D89, PRESS SWITCH S3 (TEST) AND ON THE FRONT PANEL, TEST THE MEMORY
KEY WITHIN 1 SECOND

THE FOLLOWING DISPLAY APPEARS AT THE DECK:

80%
K 100%
K K
W W W
%
KW MAS

MS

PROGRAMM MANUAL
SKULL SKULL CORV. VERT. CORV. VERT.

- + H

--+ U

--+ D

--+ - +
UNIT PUCK

WHEN THE MEMORY KEY IS PRESSED AGAIN, IN., THE CONTENTS OF


THE EPROM ARE ERASED. A
HOOTER TONE WILL BE AUDIBLE WHWN THE KEY IS PRESSED. AFTER THE CONTENTS
OF THE EEPROM
HAVE BEEN ERASED, THE FOLLOWING DATA ARE DISPLAYED:
77 KV
20 MAS
100MS

THE GENERATOR MUST NOW BE SWITCHED OFF AND SWITCHED BACK ON.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 152 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

SELECTION -STORAGE-DESELECTION OF OPTIONS


A) OPEN FRONT PANEL ON C DECK/S DECK.
B) GENERATOR ON
C) PRESS SWITCH S3 ON D89 (TEST) AND MS IONTOMAT
KEY ON THE FRONT PANEL WITHIN 1 SEC.

THE FOLLOWING DISPLAY APPEARS ON THE DECK:

80% 100% H
K K KV
U
W W%
MAS D
KW

MS

PROGRAMM MANUAL
SKULL SKULL H
- +
- - + U

- - + D

- - + - +

UNI
T PUCK

KEY FUNCTIONS

KEY

MAS + OPTION NUMBER + 1

MAS - OPTION NUMBER - 1

MS + MS-DISPLAY =

MS - MS-DISPLAY =

M STORAGE OF THE SELECTED FACILITY OF AN OPTION

KV + OR - EXIT FROM OPTION PROGRAMMING

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 153 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

system

System
reference
number

Date of change

New system
ref number

Page version

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 154 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100
to page 4 of
product X1515 (X1515-4) AP2 (X1641-19)
H1

D37.B30 N11K2 B8/D8 AP1


(26/5)

B18 52 51 50

24V
Z18

B14 D14 D12


+24V B14 +24V

MIKROPROZESSOR-BUS
Z32
B4 AP1/24V B28 50
AP1 Z26
0VL

18
AP2
F6 AP2/24V Z28 B24 51
AP2
OUT

Z14

19
REG AP3
Z4 AP3/24V B30 B22 52
AP3
J4

N11K2 Z16

N1K1 20
AP4
Z6 AP4/24V Z30 B20 53
AP4
D300
(X1454-300)
AP1 B26
(X1627-1)
Z8
AP2 Z24
ZB/ZK D10
(16/3)
AP3 Z22 AP1 Z10

D50 Z20
AP4 AP2 B10
(X1454-50)
(20/4)
AP3 B8
going to page 16
D8

15 V1
+24V
AP1
AP4 Z8
line 3
Z6

12

D32.Z4
V2 D23

D32.D4

D32.D6
D32.B4
AP2 (X1503-6)
D8

6 V3 D90
AP3 (X1630-1)
(X1454-900) (X1638)
N11K3 D2

3 V4
AP4

B6
board
Z6
Z24 +24V
number
Z22 +15V
(X1575-63)
B8
B22 0VS
Z8

D63
going to page 63
of product X1575

going to page 20 B20

line 1 B10

B12
(20/1) ref:product
D24
B14 (X1454-24) ARBEITSPLATZ-ANWAHL
EXAMINATION UNIT SELECTION
line 1,2,3 SELECTION POSTE DE TRAVAIL

X1641-14-4
1 2 3

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 155 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Remarks
Please also refer to the remarks of X1515, sheet 1

Sheet/Current path

*1 19 / 2 With Polydoros 50/80, V 1/2 and U 1/2 must be connected in parallel.


Document *5 21 / 4 When connecting the kV reducer, jumper K8.A9-B9 must be removed.
*6 22A / 4 Upon lontomat D retrofitting, remove jumpers K8.Al-Bl up to K8.A7-B7.
annotation *7 23 / 3 Remove jumper K8.AlO-Bl 0 on G6.
27 / 6-7 Remove j u m per K&A 11 -B 11 on G 1.
*8 18A / 3 With Polydoros 50/80, set switch S 1 to 1 WR.
*9 16 /7 With 60 Hz power 11 one frequency, fit jumpers accordingly.
17 1
* 10 20 5 With fluoroscopy, fit jumpers with
19 7
* 11 19 4,7 With Polydoros 50/80, remove jumper ssl on D43.
* 12 18 1 With Polydoros 50/80, fit jumpers Xl on D42 and K8.Al3-Bl3.
*13 16 /8 With Polydoros 50/80, remove jumper K8.Al4-Bl4.
* 14 16 /8 With Polydoros 50/80, fit jumper K8.Al2-Bl2.
* 15 27 /5 When connecting DSA to G 1, remove jumper K8.Al 5-Bl 5 and fit jumper
K&A 1 6-B 16.
When connecting DSA to G6, fit jumper K8.Al 5-1315 and remove jumper
K&A 1 6-B 16.
*16 24 /3 When connecting Sircam to G 1, f it j um per K8.A8-B8.
When connecting Sircam to G6, remove jumper K8.A8-B8.
*17 25A / 5'
*18 25A / 5 With K K 1 A (220 V), f it jumpers X4 to D 164.
* 19 25A / 5 With KK 1 B (24 V), remove jumpers X4 on Dl 64.
* 20 25A / 5
*2 1 20 / 4-5 Fit jumpers with non-Rapid tubes.
*22 20 / 2 With Polydoros 50/80, fit jumper Kl.1-Kl.2.
*25 22B / 1 in the case of dominant selection from the unit (fit jumper at
*26 20 / 6 With IH ,, 1.8 A, remove jumper J-K,
otherwise IH ,n 1 A.
Only with Rapid tubes,
fit jumper G-H.
*27 20 / -- D 58 / Retrofitting with SI D.
*28 23 /7 With high-contrast f 1 fluoroscopy or D PF, remove j u m per
D360.Z8 D360.Z26.
*29 1Z / -- Programming X8 (D360), see list of jumpers.
*30 23A When connecting the oil switches, remove jumper D360.B32
(+ 24 V).
*31 POLYTRON, fit jumper K8.Al9 -K8.Bl9.
With DSA with DIGITRON, fit jumper K8.Al~
REMARKS - 1
Xl641 -1 E- 5(e) –1

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 156 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

connectors
PIN VIEN FONT VIEW
PIN HOUSING
SOCKET HOUSING
34 PINS 20 PINS 14 PINS

B A 14 1 C A D B Z ZZ BB DD D AAB BB A
D C 8 B
F E F D 10 PINS
J H 15 2 6 7 8 9 10
E
L K 9 K H
N M 16 3 J 1
R
T
P
S 10
N
M
L 2
V U 17 4 R P 1 2 3 4 5 02 02 02 3
Z
X
Y
W 11 4
BB AA 18 5 04 04 04 5
DD
FF
CC
EE
12 6
JJ HH
19 6 06 06 06 7
LL KK 13 8
NN MM 20 7 08 08 08 9
10
10 10 10 11
32 PINS 48 PINS 64 PINS 31 PINS 96 PINS 12
B Z D B Z F D B Z D B Z A1 B1 C1 12 12 12 13
14
14 14 14 15
02 02 02 02 32 16
04 04 04 04 31 16 16 16 17
06 06 06 06 30
18
18 18 18 19
08 08 08 08 29 20
10 10 10 10 20 20 20 21
12 12 12 12 22
14 14 14 14 22 22 22 23
16 16 16 16
24
24 24 24
18 18 18
20
20 20 20
22
26 26 26
22 22 22
24
24 24 24 4 28 28 28
26
26 26 26 3
28 28 28
28
2
30 30 30
30
30 30 30 1
32 32 32 32
32 32 32

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 157 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Family system

Board and ref. Compatible with old version

New board compatible

Not
compatible

compatible

Compatible with old version

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 158 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Cables KK1A(g1-g2) and KK1A

Cable KK1A ( g1 ....g2 ) Cable KK1A ( g3 ....g5 )

point cable point point cable point


function direction function direction
A pin B A pin B

1 GROUNG 1 GROUNG

2 GROUND SIGNAL 2 GROUND SIGNAL

3 + 24V g1 3 + 24V g3

4 220V alt 4 220V alt

5 220V alt g1 5 220V alt g3


vk vk
6 ZB 6 ZB

7 220V alt after 0.8s g1 7 220V alt after 0.8s g3


hk hk
8 graphie : 220V alt 8 graphie : 220V alt

9 220V alt during graphie 9 220V alt during graphie

10 220V alt for tubus 10 220V alt for tubus


M76 statif M76 statif
11 220V alt during fluoroscopie 11 220V alt during fluoroscopie

12 220V alt during heating on 12 220V alt during heating on

13 0V signal selection station g3 13 0V signal selection station g3

14 220V alt signal selection station g2 14 220V alt signal selection station g3

15 220V alt 15 220V alt

16 220V alt after 0,8s g2 16 220V alt after 0,8s g3

17 +24V for celection central chamber field 17 +24V for celection central chamber field

18 +24V for celection left chamber field 18 +24V for celection left chamber field

19 +24V for celection right chamber field 19 +24V for celection right chamber field

20 ground 20 ground

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 159 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Cables KK1B(g1-g2) and KK1B(g3-g5)

Cable KK1B ( g1 ....g2 ) Cable KK1B ( g3 ....g5 )

point cable point point cable point


function direction function direction
A pin B A pin B

1 GROUNG 1 GROUNG

2 GROUND SIGNAL 2 GROUND SIGNAL

3 + 24V g1 3 + 24V alt

4 220V alt 4 220V alt

5 24V g1 5 24V alt g3 ...g5


vk
6 ZB 6 24V during ZB

7 24V after 0.8s g1 7 24V after 0.8s g3 ...g5


hk
8 graphie : 220V alt 8 graphie : 24V
KK KK
i i
9 24V during graphie 9 24V during graphie
n n
t t
10 24V for tubus 10 24V for tubus
e e
statif statif
r r
11 24V during fluoroscopie 11 24V during fluoroscopie
f f
a a
12 24V during heating on 12 24V during heating on
c c
e e
13 24V signal selection station g3 13 .

14 24V signal selection station g2 14 .

15 24V for DL 15 24V for DL


16 24V after 0,8s g2 16 .

17 +24V for celection central chamber field 17 +24V for celection central chamber field
18 +24V for celection left chamber field 18 +24V for celection left chamber field
19 +24V for celection right chamber field 19 +24V for celection right chamber field
20 ground 20 ground

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 160 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Cables KK2

Cable KK2 ( g1 ....g2 )

point cable point


function direction
A pin B

1 automatic 2

2 stop regulation order

3 automatic 1

4 50 KV
.
5 .

6 . scopie
.
7 .
.
8 .
KK
.
i 9 .
n
.
t
10 .
e
statif .
r
11 110 KV
f
a
12
c
e
13 220V to triplex BV format

14

15 A planigraphie
time
16 B

17 C

18 D

19 220V for triplex BV zoom

20 ground

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 161 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Cables KK10 and KK16

Cable KK16 Cable KK10

point cable point point cable point


function direction function direction
A pin B A pin B

1 ground FS 1 24V

2 215V FS 2

3 light control FS 3 24V

4 contrast control FS 4 24V during graphie to AB


. .
5 image reverse 5 24V or 264V alt after 0;8s
M41
6 max 24V 6 . celector
zoom
1 zoom
7 2 7 24V or 264V alt after 0;8s HK
M41
8 max 24V 8 during graphie.
KK KK
triplex .
i i
9 9 24V or 264V alt.
n n
. . M41
t zoom t
10 max 24V 10 during ZB.
e 3 e
statif transicon statif .
r r
11 11
f f
a a
12 12 24V when collimator closed
c c
e e
13 max 24V 13 collimator ground
pulse fluoroscopie
14 14

15 24V 15
ge
16 16

17 17

18 24V generator switch off contact 18 0V


TG generator
19 connection g6 19 24V

20 ground 20 ground

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 162 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Cables KK17 and KK23

Cable KK17 Cable KK23

point cable point point cable point


function direction function direction
A pin B A pin B

1 1 ground
ground signal
2 2 ground
24V
3 3 0V FS
celector selection
4 4 0V SG
sircam .
.
5 5 light
cine
6 6 contrast
sircam
7 7 image inversion

8 8
KK KK zoom1
i i
9 9
n 24V n
. zoom 2
t . cine ok t
10 10
e 24V e
statif statif zoom 3
r rechargeable r
11 11
f f
a a
12 12 24V / 30ma with fluoroscopie on
c c
e e
13 13 24V/30ma with fluoroscopie regulation stop
g1+
g6
14 14 24V / 30ma with automatic 1 on
g6
15 15 24V / 30ma with automatic 2 on

16 16 220V alt

17 17
24V
18 18 220V alt
24V incidences selection
19 19 24V / 30ma with ZB on
ground
20 20 ground

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 163 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Cable KK 31

Cable KK31

point cable point


function direction
A pin B

1 ground charge

2 ground signal

3 220 V

4
.
5

6 .

8 +24V en automatic 2 en fluoroscopie


.
9 +24V en automatic 1 en fluoroscopie
.
10 +24V en stop fluoroscopie dose regulation
N11 statif .
11 -13V...+13V signal debit de dose

12

13

14

15 24V during fluoroscopie

16

17

18 ground signal

19

20 ground

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 164 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Cables K1(N44-g1) and X9

Cable k1 ( N44 g1 ) Cable X9 for iontomat P / PE

point cable point point cable point


function direction function direction
A pin B A pin B

1
0V1
A 24V for thinkness -10% compensation
B program A 2
0V
C
D 24V when unite celected 3
5V
E 24V g1
F program B 4
5V
H
.
J 24V when iontomat on 5
SWR
K 27V
L . program C 6
MPS.
M
N 7
T hell
P 10V alt
R program D 8
KK
S .
i .
T iontomat + 3 compensation 9
n
U last load
t .
V program E 10
e
W statif iontomat + 1 compensation.
r .
X iontomat - 1 compensation 11
f DL ist
Y
a
Z program F 12
c MA ist
AA iontomat - 2 compensation
e
BB 13
KV ist
CC iontomat - 3 compensation
DD program G 14
- 15V
EE iontomat + 2 compensation
FF 15
+ 15V
HH
JJ 24V for thinkness +10% compensation 16
0V
KK
LL 17
MM 24V for graphie buzzer
NN ground 18

19

20

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 165 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Cables K1

Cable k1 ( g2 ...g5 )

point cable point


function direction
A pin B

A 24V for thinkness -10% compensation


B program A
C 24V with stop graphie
D 24V when unite celected
E 24V g2 ...g8
F program B
H 24V with graphie ON
J 24V when iontomat on
K 24V
L . program C
M blocking limit
N
P 10V alt S26 "stand
by graphie
R program D switch
KK
S .
i
T iontomat + 3 compensation
n
U last load
t
V program E
e
W statif iontomat + 1 compensation.
r
X iontomat - 1 compensation
f
Y
a
Z program F
c
AA iontomat - 2 compensation
e
BB 24V for left chamber field
CC iontomat - 3 compensation
DD program G
EE iontomat + 2 compensation
FF 24V for central chamber field
HH limit " 0 "
JJ 24V for thinkness +10% compensation
KK
LL 24V for right chamber field
MM 24V for graphie buzzer
NN ground

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 166 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Siemens contraction explanation

contractions contractions group

AP1…3 contact for tube selection ALH trigger button pulled N81 starter 150hz old system
ROE tube unit selection 1 or 3 CLK 86 processor clock N80 starter 150hz new system
1…ROE 3
ROT rotation anode signal CTS clear to send N83 starter 50hz
U1;V1;W1 HT power connections Z48 scopie regulation module
50;51;52 direction connections on HT transformer M16 power connection and fuses
10;11;12;21 focus connections on HT transformer H1 hight tension transformer
0;1;2 starter cable connections DACK 1 DMA acknowledge H11 RX Tube
N11 main electronique panel
AR contact from grid DIA diamentor signal W1 / W2 inverter
DL fluroscopy request DL.KV / MA kv / ma selection from service panel
HK main contact request DRQ 1 DMA request
SS contact for high voltage DSR data set ready
NS power on / off relai
VH exposure request to grid DTR data terminal ready
ZB preparation request JNTA interrupt acknoledge
TK door contact
JORD read pulse for peripherals
IST real JOWR write pulse for peripherals
SOLL expected LIMIT limit display in iontomat mode
LR charging contactor actuation
0.1 SEC test time LR charging contactor actuation
J filament circuit oscillating current MPS ANF multiprocessor interface start
JH filament current NAUS power failure
J ROE tube current PCLK periphery clock
UZ + / - intermediate circuit voltage PINTR processor interrupt
X RAY radiation signal PR power c ontactor actuation
PR power contactor actuation
BKE bridge short circuit PWS key operated switch for panel
LSU loading contactor monitoring RASSEL RAS selected
PSU power contact monitoring REC + / - receiver
TKU door contact monitoring RRI RAS interrupt
SKU oscillating circuit contactor monitoring RTS request to send
SWR starter main rectifier RxD received data
MAMMO mammography selection SENSE + / - 5v measuring lines for D803
SR oscillating circuit contactor actuation TH 1 to 8 thyristor branch
TR + / - transmitter
TxD transmit data
U multiplier multiplier voltage
UF OUT output signal of U/F mas counter
UFF U / F converter enable
VR 15V from interface controller
ZKV 2 kv threshold exceeded

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 167 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Courbe de charge

TYPE 30R 30R 30R 50R 50R 30 30 30JH(m 50 50


50R DEC 50 JH(A)
BI HEX DEC JH(mA) HEX JH(A) HEX DEC A) HEX DEC
MA/KV 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80 80
20 60 F 96 3750 58 88 3437 91 145 5664 8E 142 5546
25 61 97 3789 59 89 3476 93 147 5742 90 144 5625
32 63 99 3867 5B 91 3554 96 150 5859 92 146 5703
40 64 100 3906 5C 92 3593 98 152 5937 95 149 5820
50 66 102 3984 5E 94 3671 9B 155 6054 98 152 5937
64 68 104 4062 60 96 3750 A0 160 6250 99 155 5976
80 6A 106 4140 61 97 3789 A1 161 6289 9E 158 6171
100 6C 108 4218 63 99 3867 A5 165 6445 A2 162 6328
125 6F 111 4296 65 101 3945 A9 169 6601 A5 165 6445
160 70 112 4375 67 103 4023 AB 171 6679 A8 168 6562
200 72 114 4453 69 105 4101 AE 175 6835 AB 171 6679
250 75 117 4570 6B 107 4179 B2 178 6953 AE 174 6796
320 77 119 4648 6E 110 4296 B7 183 7148 B2 178 6953
400 7B 123 4804 70 112 4375 B9 185 7226 B5 181 7070
500 72 114 4453 BF 191 7460 B9 185 7226
640 75 117 4570 BE 190 7420
800 C2 194 7578

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 168 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Tableau des tubes


Emetteurs radiogénes Valeur nominale du foyer (IEC) Annode -pente de l'anode Annode Diamétre de l'anode mm Anode -vitesse mim
P 49 Ma -MOCR-100 0,15/0,4 22 100 8800
P 49Ma-W CR-100 0,15/0,4 22 100 8800
P 49 W 03-100 0,15/0,3 22 100 8800
P 49 MO 03-100 0,15/0,3 22 100 8800
P 50 2 Ma-90 0,15/0,4 21 90 2800/3400
P 50/10 MaW-90 0,4 10,5 a 90 2800/3400
P 50/Ma 0,4-90 0,4 10,5 a 90 2800/3400
Bi 125/30/51-100 1,2/2,0 17,5/16 100 2800/3400
Bi 150/30/51-100 1,2/2,0 17,5/16 100 2800/3400
Bi 125/20/40R-100L 0,3/0,6 6*/10 100 8500/10000
Bi 150/12/50R-100 0,3/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/12/50C-100L 0,4/1,0 16 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/12/50c-102L 0,4/1,0 16 100 8500/10000
Bi 125/30/52R-100 0,6/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000
Bi 150/30/52R-100 0,6/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000
Bi 1525/30/50 CR-100L 0,6/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000
Bi 150/30/50 CRG-100 L 0,6/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000
Bi 150/30/50 CRG-102 L 0,6/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000
Bi 150/30/50 CRG-100 GL 0,6/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/30/50 C-100 L 0,6/1,0 16 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/30/50 C-102 L 0,6/1,0 16 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/40/73C-102 L 0,6/1,0 12 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/40/73C-100 L 0,6/1,0 12 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/40/82C-100 L 0,6/1,2 12 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/12/72C-100 L 0,3/1,0 12 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/12/102C-100 L 0,3/1,3 12 100 8500/10000
Opti150/40/102C-100 L 0,6/1,3 12 100 8500/10000
Bi 150/40/101 CRG-100 GL 0,6/1,3 10*/12 100 8500/17000
Opti 110/12/50 HSG-117 GL <0,2/0,2 10 100 8500/17000
Opti 110/12/50 HSG-117 GLST 0,6 10 100 8500/10000
Opti 125/40/72C-117 LST 0,6/1,0 12 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/12/40/72C-100 GL 0,3/0,6/1,0 12 100 8500/10000
Mega 125/15/40/82C-120 GL 0,3/0,6/1,0 12 120 8500/10000
Mega 125/15/40/82C-120 GLW 0,3/0,6/1,0 12 120 8500/10000
Mega 125/40/82C-120 L 0,6/1,0 12 120 8500/10000
Mega 125/30/82C-120 LW 0,4/0,8 8 120 8500/10000
Mega 125/30/82C-120 GLW 0,4/0,8 8 120 8500/10000

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 169 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

VALEURS D’EMISSION DES TUBES Bi 150 / 30 / 51 Grand Foyer

40-50 52-66 70-96 102/105


kV
(44) (60) (81) (109)
mA HEX DEZ JH(A) HEX DEZ JH(A) HEX DEZ JH(A) HEX DEZ JH(A)
10 - - - - - - - - - - - -
12,5 - - - - - - - - - - - -
16 - - - - - - - - - - - -
20 8F 143 5585 8F 143 5585 8E 142 5546 8D 141 5507
25 91 145 5664 91 145 5664 90 144 5625 8F 143 5585
32 93 147 5742 93 147 5742 92 146 5703 91 145 5664
40 96 150 5859 96 150 5859 95 149 5820 94 148 5781
50 99 153 5976 99 153 5976 98 152 5937 97 151 6898
64 9C 156 6093 9C 156 6093 99 155 5976 9A 154 6015
80 AO 160 6250 9F 159 6210 9E 158 6171 9D 157 6132
100 A4 164 6406 A3 163 6367 A2 162 6328 A1 161 6289
125 A7 167 6523 A6 166 6484 A5 165 6445 A4 164 6406
160 AB 171 6679 AA 170 6640 A8 168 6562 A7 167 6523
200 AF 175 6835 AD 173 6757 AB 171 6679 AA 170 6640
250 B2 178 6953 B0 176 6875 AE 174 6796 AD 173 6757
320 B6 182 7109 B4 180 7031 B2 178 6953 B1 177 6914
400 B9 185 7226 B7 183 7148 B5 181 7070 B4 180 7031
500 BD 189 7382 BA 186 7265 B9 185 7226 B8 (184) 7187
640 C2 194 7578 C1 193 7539 BE 190 7421 BD (189) 7382
800 C7 199 7773 C4 196 7656 C2 (194) 7578 C0 (192) 7500

Chauffage maximal = 8,5 A

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 170 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

VALEURS D’EMISSION DES TUBES Bi 150 / 30 / 51 Petit Foyer

40-50 52-66 70-96 102/105


kV
(44kv) (60kv) (81kv) (109kv)
mA HEX DEZ JH(A) HEX DEZ JH(A) HEX DEZ JH(A) HEX DEZ JH(A)
10 - - -ma - - -ma - - -ma - - -ma
20 60 96 3710 60 96 3750 60 96 3750 5F 95 3710
25 61 97 3789 61 97 3789 61 97 3789 60 96 3750
32 63 99 3867 63 99 3867 63 99 3867 62 98 3828
40 65 101 3945 65 101 3945 64 100 3906 63 99 3867
50 67 103 4023 67 103 4023 66 102 3984 65 101 3945
64 104 105 4062 69 105 4101 6B 104 4062 67 103 4023
80 6B 107 4179 6B 107 4179 6A 106 4140 69 105 4101
100 6E 110 4296 6D 109 4257 6C 108 4218 6B 107 4179
125 6F 112 4335 70 112 4375 6F 111 4296 6E 110 4296
160 72 114 4463 71 113 4414 70 112 4375 6F 111 4335
200 75 117 4570 73 115 4492 72 114 4453 71 113 4414
250 7B 120 4687 76 118 4609 75 117 4570 74 116 4531
320 7B 123 4804 79 121 4726 77 119 4648 76 (118) 4609
400 7E (126) 4921 7D 125 4882 7B 123 4804 79 (121) 4726

Chauffage maximal = 5,5 A

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 171 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

VALEURS D’EMISSION DES TUBES Opti 150 / 40 / 72 C large focus

mA 40 kv 50 kv 63 kv 85 kv 109 kv 150 kv
1 3150 3131 3126 3140 3136 3133
5 3250 3229 3220 3220 3209 3200
10 3375 3351 3337 3320 3300 3283
20 3522 3510 3498 3480 3460 3437
32 3638 3623 3611 3591 3575 3553
50 3758 3742 3725 3705 3690 3666
71 3860 3841 3827 3807 3790 3765
100 3969 3948 3928 3907 3887 3861
150 4108 4082 4060 4031 4013 3988
200 4214 4186 4159 4129 4107 4078
250 4303 4269 4240 4207 4183 4152
300 4381 4341 4310 4273 4247 4216
350 4452 4408 4370 4330 4305 4269
400 4520 4464 4424 4381 4352 4317
450 4583 4519 4473 4427 4399 4360
600 4789 4667 4604 4545 4511 -
700 5017 4767 4682 4614 4575 -
800 - 4872 4758 4675 - -
900 - 5001 4833 4738 - -
1000 - - 4909 - - -
1200 - - 5085 - - -

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 172 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

VALEURS D’EMISSION DES TUBES Opti 150 / 40 / 72 C small focus

mA 40 kv 50 kv 63 kv 85 kv 109 kv 150 kv
1 3400 3377 3366 3353 3344 3330
5 3488 3466 3455 3442 3429 3410
10 3600 3577 3566 3553 3536 3510
20 3762 3743 3737 3722 3700 3673
32 3900 3878 3863 3852 3852 3807
50 4031 4017 4000 3984 3958 3933
71 4150 4131 4116 4100 4070 4039
100 4279 4251 4230 4209 4179 4146
120 4355 4321 4296 4273 4241 4207
140 4424 4324 4355 4331 4300 4260
160 4484 4437 4411 4384 4346 4310
180 4540 4487 4458 4430 4393 4351
200 4594 4534 4503 4473 4432 4391
250 4743 4646 4601 4566 4519 4475
300 4960 4754 4691 4645 4587 4553
350 5400 4869 4773 4718 4652 -
400 - 5016 4857 4789 4716 -
450 - 5052 4924 - - -
550 - - 4993 - - -
600 - - 5067 - - -

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 173 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

VALEURS D’EMISSION DES TUBES Opti 150 / 40 / 102 RL large focus

mA 40 kv 50 kv 63 kv 85 kv 109 kv 150 kv
1 3475 3366 3356 3400 3400 3420
5 3575 3500 3490 3500 3500 3500
10 3700 3666 3656 3625 3625 3600
20 3866 3844 3830 3812 3800 3771
32 3990 3970 3957 3938 3923 3900
50 4116 4100 4083 4058 4044 4025
71 4225 4211 4195 4166 4147 4124
100 4339 4319 4299 4275 4254 4229
150 4489 4462 4438 4412 4394 4361
200 4600 4571 4543 4515 4492 4460
250 4690 4659 4630 4598 4570 4539
300 4764 4733 4704 4667 4638 4607
350 4831 4800 4764 4727 4701 4663
400 4894 4854 4820 4780 4752 4715
450 4948 4908 4871 4827 4802 4759
500 5001 4955 4917 4871 4841 4802
600 5099 5043 5001 4950 4916 4874
700 5186 5125 5075 5021 4983 4940
800 5273 5200 5142 5083 5042 5003
1000 5437 5332 5263 5194 5148 -
1300 5706 5520 5422 5335 - -
1600 - 5708 5565 - - -

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 174 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

VALEURS D’EMISSION DES TUBES Opti 150 / 40 / 102 RL small focus

mA 40 kv 50 kv 63 kv 85 kv 109 kv 150 kv
1 3180 3180 3142 3140 3120 3150
5 3260 3260 3232 3220 3200 3216
10 3360 3360 3345 3320 3300 3300
20 3522 3511 3495 3475 3462 3444
32 3638 3628 3616 3600 3581 3558
50 3762 3744 3730 3710 3700 3672
71 3868 3847 3832 3814 3795 3769
100 3975 3954 3936 3913 3896 3871
120 4038 4016 3995 3967 3948 3925
140 4097 4070 4045 4018 4000 3972
160 4143 4117 4095 4063 4042 4015
180 4188 4155 4132 4106 4085 4053
200 4228 4194 4168 4138 4119 4092
250 4322 4282 4249 4216 4192 4159
300 4409 4358 4321 4287 4257 4222
350 4483 4427 4386 4343 4317 -
400 4562 4490 4442 4396 4368 -
500 4748 4608 4544 4487 - -
600 5300 4730 4638 - - -
700 - 4881 4730 - - -
800 - 5194 - - -

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 175 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

VALEURS D’EMISSION DES TUBES P 125 / 20 / 40 large focus

mA 40 kv 50 kv 63 kv 85 kv 109 kv 150 kv
20 6445 6445 6445 6406 6328 -
25 6523 6523 6523 6523 6445 -
32 6640 6640 6640 6601 6523 -
40 6757 6757 6757 6718 6640 -
50 6875 6875 6875 6835 6757 -
64 6992 6992 6992 6953 6875 -
80 7148 7148 7109 7070 6992 -
100 7304 7304 7265 7226 7148 -
125 7421 7421 7382 7343 7265 -
160 7539 7539 7539 7460 7382 -
200 7734 7734 7656 7578 7539 -
250 7890 7890 7812 7743 7695 -
320 8046 8046 7968 7890 7812 -
400 8242 8242 8164 8085 8007 -
500 8398 8398 8320 8242 8164 -

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 176 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

VALEURS D’EMISSION DES TUBES P 125 / 20 / 40 small focus

mA 40 kv 50 kv 63 kv 85 kv 109 kv 150 kv
20 6523 6523 6523 6484 6445 -
25 6640 6640 6640 6601 6523 -
32 6757 6757 6757 6718 6679 -
40 6835 6835 6835 6796 6718 -
5D 8953 8953 6953 6914 6835 -
64 6992 6992 7070 7070 6992 -
8D 7226 7226 7187 7148 7070 -
100 7382 7382 7343 7304 7226 -
125 7500 7500 7460 7421 7343 -
160 7695 7695 7617 7539 7460 -
200 7851 7851 7773 7695 7578 -
250 7968 7968 7890 7812 7695 -
320 8203 8203 8085 7929 7812 -

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 177 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 1 of 8

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S017


Rev. 1 2274692-100

Tube exchange on polydoros 50/80/100


APPLIES TO:
All equivalent tube exchange. In case of non equivalent tube order new tube prom according to tube list

PROBLEM:
Perform a complete tube exchange and adjustment.

SOLUTION:
Introduction and synopsis of the following solution text.
Material need: 1 oscilloscope
1 fluke meter
1 MAS meter

PROCEDURE:

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 178 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 2 of 8

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S017


Rev. 1 2274692-100
A) Preparation
All verifications and adjustments must be performed under tension and current control.
• Power off the generator

Fluoro switch

Manual fluoro
adjustment Power ON / OFF

SS switch


• Connect oscilloscope on board D90 test point URO IST 1v = 20 kv IRO IST 1v = 1ma
synchro on test point SWR time base 5 ms/div
• Connect the MAS meter on board D45 on HT transformer in place of the MAS bridge.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 179 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 3 of 8

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S017


Rev. 1 2274692-100

B) Small focus preheating adjustment


Attention: this is performed under XRAY
• On board D25 switch off contact S1 to I RLG . V42 on board D25 must light on when power on again.
• Pull out board D36 in N11 and place board D24 in N11 on extension board and power on the system
• On board D90 control the SS switch position : ON
• Set potentiometer R42 on board D90 to full left position
• Set switch S1 on board D90 to XRAY on. Light V32 on board D90 must light ON.
• Turn left potentiometer R42 until you get 70 kv.
High point heating
push

70 KV

2 MA
S Focus
preheating

D24
• low point heating
• On board D24 adjust tube current until you get 2 ma with the regarding tube selection
tube 1 potentiometer R56 light on
tube 2 potentiometer R55 light on tube 3
potentiometer R54 light on tube 4
potentiometer R53 light on

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 180 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 4 of 8

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S017


Rev. 1 2274692-100

C) large focus preheating adjustment


• On board D90 set potentiometer R42 full right
Resistance R2

Open all the


Front
electronic
rack

• Adjust resistance R2 behind the maintenance panel regarding the tube selection potentiometer tube 1 cursor V1;tube 2
cursor V2;tube 3 cursor V3;tube 4 cursor V4 When the emission is starting, slid back from two or three mm.
• Switch back the contact S1 on D90 to get XRAY off.
• Switch off the generator
• Switch back S1 on D25 to position 1 “off” : D25 led V42 off when power on.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 181 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 5 of 8

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S017


Rev. 1 2274692-100

D) format the tube in case of long storage


Attention to XRAY emission
• During 15mn perform 80 KV fluoroscopy to heat the tube.
E) small focus heating adjustment
• Connect the flux meter to IH SOLL on board D90
• Power on the generator, switch SS on board D90 must be on

Switch S3 in desk


• Press one time switch S3 on board D89 inside the desk to get 100ms test time Select 81 KV on the desk control
• Select small focus 5mas (50ma) Perform Xray and check the tube current according to the graph
• On board D24 readjust the curve with
tube 1 potentiometer R47 light on tube 2 potentiometer R46 light on

tube 3 potentiometer R45 light on


tube 4 potentiometer R44 light on

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 182 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 6 of 8

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S017


Rev. 1 2274692-100

• Note the value displayed on the flux meter when the curve is correct “low point”
• Select small focus 36 mas 360ma) “ max ma
• Perform Xray and check the tube current according to the graph
• On board D24 readjust the curve with
tube 1 potentiometer R19 light on
tube 2 potentiometer R18 light on
tube 3 potentiometer R17 light on
tube 4 potentiometer R16 light on
attention: go gradually to max ma to not over heat the tube in case of very bad pre -adjustment

Note the value displayed on the flux meter when the curve is correct “high point”
• SS off on board D90
• Now with XRAY off switch between low point and high point until on both you get your registered
• adjustment value on the flux meter, because for each tube selection each potentiometer is active on the over.

Attention : respect a certain delay between each preparation to avoid starter over heating.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 183 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 7 of 8

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S017


Rev. 1 2274692-100

F) large focus heating adjustment


• select large focus 10as (100ma) 50ma to
800ma
• Perform Xray and check the tube current according to the graph 81 kv

• On board D24 readjust the curve with potentiometer good

tube 1 potentiometer R43 light on tube 2


potentiometer R42 light on tube 3
potentiometer R41 light on 50ma to
tube 4
potentiometer R40 light on 800ma

81 kv
• Note the value displayed on the flux meter when the curve is correct “low point”
bad
• Select small focus 80 mas 800ma) “ max ma
• Perform Xray and check the tube current according to the graph
• On board D24 readjust the curve with
potentiometer tube 1 potentiometer R15 light on 50ma to
800ma

tube 2 potentiometer R14 light on 81 kv

tube 3 potentiometer R13 light on bad

tube 4 potentiometer R12 light on


attention: go gradually to max ma to not over heating the tube in case of very
bad pre-adjustment
Note the value displayed on the flux meter when the curve is correct “high point”
• SS off on board D90
• Now with XRAY off switch between low point and high point until on both you get your registered
• adjustment value on the flux meter, because for each tube selection each potentiometer is active on the over.

Attention : respect a certain delay between each preparation to avoid starter over heating.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 184 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 8 of 8

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S017


Rev. 1 2274692-100
G) push adjustment
• Select small focus 5mas (50ma) 100%
• Press XRAY acquisition switch S27 directly to second time.
• On board D24 readjust the curve with
tube 1 potentiometer R68 light on 1 tube 2
1 / TOO HIGH
potentiometer R67 light on 2 / TOO LOW tube 3
potentiometer R66 light on tube 4
potentiometer R65 light on
• Perform gradual control until the max ma. adjust an average if necessary. 2
• Select large focus 10mas (100ma) 100%
• Press XRAY acquisition switch S27 directly to second time. T
• On board D24 readjust the curve with
tube 1 potentiometer R64 light on tube 2
potentiometer R63 light on tube 3
potentiometer R62 light on tube 4
potentiometer R61 light on
• Perform gradual control until the max ma. adjust an average if necessary.

H) final work
• Shut down the generator
• Re-install board D24 into N11
• Control the general function of the generator

Before leaving the customer always perform an acquisition to secure that you didn’t forgot
to bring back switch ss or test switch …..

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 185 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–August–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 1 of 1

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S021


Rev. 0 2282462-100

DIAMENTOR MS CALIBRATION NOT POSSIBLE


APPLIES TO:
All polydoros 80 / 100-A-C

• Polydoros 80 8338063 X1512


• Polydoros 80 8701708 X1512
• Polydoros 80 9753260 X1512
• Polydoros 80 A 1163737 X2090
• Polydoros 100 8353880 X1673
• Polydoros 100 8701724 X1673
• Polydoros 100 9753278 X1673
• Polydoros 100 1163430 X2087
• Polydoros C 1633036 X2135

PROBLEM:
If the calibration of the chamber connected to the diamentor is not possible, this can be cause by board D32 witch is counting the pulses double.
It is necessary to check whether the cGYcm2 display on the desk is correctly displaying the value supplied by the diamentor.
If a double counting is detected, an additional resistor can solve this problem.

SOLUTION:
Needs : MS test counter
Wiring diagram of polydoros diamentor
Install the resistor in series between the N11.SK10.C wiring hardness connection and D32.X3.6

REFERENCES:
One resistor 220 ohm / 0.25w

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 186 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–August–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 1 of 1

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S022


Rev. 0 2282463-100

No release of radiation with the main contact

APPLIES TO:
• All polydoros 800
• Polydoros 50/80 A
• Polydoros 100 A/C

PROBLEM:
Board D31 can be responsible for this.

SOLUTION:
A new replacement board has been provided. All the system must have been upgraded before 1995.
Board D31 ref: 8455958 has been upgraded to level 05.
This review can only be used for the generator noticed before.

REFERENCES:
Order new board D31 with rev level: AS 05 and send back the old board.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 187 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–August–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 1 of 1

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S023


Rev. 0 2282464-100

BATTERY PART REF: 31 50 612

APPLIES TO:
All polydoros 80 / 100-A-C
Also apply to the polyphos 50

The concerned battery is installed on the following boards:


• Polydoros 80/100 N81 starter D65 ref: 80 61 582 X1575
• Polyphos 50 : tube load calculator ref : 86 96 130 X1564 11 08 807 X1564
• D70 tube load calculator ref : 84 57 384 X1757 87 01 005 X1757

PROBLEM:
Only a limited supply of the battery with parts 31 50 612 is available.
There is no replacement model that fit mechanically.

SOLUTION:
That means that an adapter is required for installation.

The different design can need an adapter to secure the board, using cable ties.

REFERENCES:
The adapter part ref is: 56 48 196

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 188 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–September–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 1 of 1

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S037


Rev. 0 2284681-100

INTERMITTENT ERROR 104


APPLIES TO:
POLYDOROS 50 / 80 / 100
PROBLEM:
Error UZ = / = Uzoll detected by the monitoring circuit on D55.B28
If there is a short circuit in the intermediate circuit, coils M1.L1;L2;L3 can be overloaded.
In this case they must be exchanged if monitoring circuit ok.
TOOLS:
Function of testing result
PROCEDURE:
UZmin (led D55.V13) = UZist < 0;85 Uzsoll
UZ max ( led D55.V14 ) = Uzist > 600V
• Put D53 on extension board
• Connect the volt meter between D53.20 and D53.24 UZ input
• Connect a second volt meter to D53.D6 UZ output
• With D53 R37 adjust “ 100V UZ input = -1v UZ output

Idmax = temp.block ( led D55.V16 )


The cause is a too high coil temperature : look on board D57leds
• D57.V11 = M1.L1 D57.V12 = M1.L2 D57.V13 = M1.L3 D57.V14 = W1.L1 D57.V15 = W1.L2
• D57.V16 = W1.L1 (only with polydoros 100 A / C )
• D57.V17 = W1.L2 (only with polydoros 100 A / C )

If this temperature error occur too often, a ventilating assembly must be installed: siemens ref: 15 99 930
with the DSA and cine system, the power system connected to the 480V must have an internal line resistance below 100 ohms. If not order the siemens tool ref : 15 99 849

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 189 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–dec–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 1 of 1

GIB # 1G MVS DI EUROPE SN S040


Rev. 0 2290442-100

Initialization error
APPLIES TO:
All polydoros 50 / 80 / 100

PROBLEM:
Impossible to fully power on the generator. No error messages available.

PROCEDURE:
Power off the generator and withdraw board D21 and all bus controlled boards, with the following exception. The error can be caused by one of the board: follow by
step :
• D11 : central unit : the display counts up to 19
• D11+D30 : unite interface : the display counts up to 30
• D11+D30+D33 : optical fiber interface : the display counts up to 30
• D11+D30+D33+D35 : interrupt time control : the display counts up to 40
• D11+D31+D33+D35+D30 : generator interface : blanking

Subsequently: NDE C. S (if S-desk present )

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 190 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 1 of 4

GIB # 1O MVS DI EUROPE SN S036


Rev. 2 2284680-100
Siemens TUBE INFORMATION
APPLIES TO: 24v fan option 24v fan option
Siemens Xray tubes
II U1 II

ground
ground 0 W1 0
stator stator
I V1 I
connection connection
Loadix connections
Ia Ia
2
Ib Ib

Connections for 50hz / 150 hz 1

BI-phase 1 1
Ia-Ib for 50 hz loadix loadix
0-Ia and I-Ib for 150 hz Ib 2 2
connection connection

Stator connections Ia ground ground

2 2
oil pressure oil pressure
I 4 connection 4 connection
II > 0.4 bar > 0.4 bar
Oil pressure switch 0 1 1

PROBLEM: BI phases TRI phases


General information for installation B) control connections
PROCEDURE: Loadix: measure value of tube heating status “ only with tubes with designation L “
A) 2 phases stator or 3 phases stator connections Jumper 1-2- ground is remo ved for Loadix mode
With 2 phases: II;0;I connection cable “ do not connect the insulate shielding “ The measuring resistance is inside the Loadix electronic box
With 3 phases: U1=II;V1=I;W1=0 connection cable Oil pressure switch : point 1 – 2 – 4
Look on cover for connection indication Allocation with Polydoros : 2 + 1
Allocation with Pandoros : 1 + 4

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 191 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 2 of 4

GIB # 1O MVS DI EUROPE SN S036


Rev. 2 2284680-100
C) general information on tube designation
24v fan option

Example: OPTI 150 / 40 / 82C -100L


II

KV small focus large focus housing 0


stator
I
Max 150 KV max 40 KW max 80 KW connection
D) Explanation of the designations Ia

100: housing for tubes with 100mm anode cable horns 90° to the radiation outlet Ib
102:housing for tubes with 100mm anode cable horns 40° to the radiation outlet
117: housing for tubes with 100mm anode and 150hz – 300hz rotation cable horns 90° to the radiation outlet 1
G: with 4-pole cathode plug connector
loadix
L: for Loadix connection and 2 phases stator. 2
connection
Tube assemblies without the designation “ L “ are equipped with 3-phases stator
ST: for stereo mode ground
C: Calorex graphite anode
2
HS: high-speed – 300 hz rotation oil pressure
R: rapid 150hz rotation / 52 / 72 / 82 / 102 : anode mechanically stress-relieved 4 connection
E) Determination of the stator winding resistance > 0.4 bar
1
BIANGULIX BIANGULIX - Rapid OPTILIX ..-100
OPTITOP ; OPTILIX OPTITOP
50 HZ 150 HZ 150 HZ Attention:
You can find 2 phases stator without external bridges
2800 - 3500 t/min 8500 - 10000 t/min 8500 - 10000 t/min
For exemple: Mégalix tubes
test point 0-I 0 - II I - II 0 - II 0 - Ib I - Ia 0-I 0 - II I - II The bridges between 0 / 1a and 1 / 1b are inside the housing
External points 1a and 1b are connected to the ground as a 3 phases
stator The 3 connection points are also call: 0 / I / II
resistance
70-80 12 - 16 83-96 12-16 33-37 33-37 2,0 - 2,6 2,0 - 2,6 2,0 - 2,6 The measuring points are: 0 / II = 12 – 16 ohms
winding "ohm"
0/I = 15 – 25 ohms
I / II = 33 – 37 ohms
two phases stator two phases stator three phases stator

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 192 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 3 of 4

GIB # 1O MVS DI EUROPE SN S036


Rev. 2 2284680-100
Tube RX nominale value focus (IEC) Pente de l'anode Diamétre de l'anode m m Anode -speed mim
P 49 Ma -MOCR-100 0,15/0,4 22 100 8800
P 49Ma-W CR-100 0,15/0,4 22 100 8800 F) main tubes distribution
P 49 MO 03-100 0,15/0,3 22 100 8800
P 50 2 Ma-90 0,15/0,4 21 90 2800/3400
P 50/10 MaW-90 0,4 10,5 a 90 2800/3400
P 50/Ma 0,4-90 0,4 10,5 a 90 2800/3400
P 125/20 G-80 1 17,5 80 2800/3400
P 125/20/40-80 1,2/2,0 17,5 80 2800/3400
P 150/30/50-100 1,2/2,0 17,5 90 2800/3400
Bi 125/30/51-100 1,2/2,0 17,5/16 100 2800/3400 ATTENTION:
Bi 125/20/40R-100L 0,3/0,6 6*/10 100 8500/10000
Bi 150/12/50R-100 0,3/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000 Siemens has an 8A heating tube
Opti 150/12/50C-100L 0,4/1,0 16 100 8500/10000 ( only tube with this specific heating )
Bi 150/30/52R-100 0,6/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000
Bi 1525/30/50 CR-100L 0,6/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000 ATTENTION:
Bi 150/30/50 CRG-102 L 0,6/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000 look to the big focus indication
Bi 150/30/50 CRG-100 GL 0,6/1,0 10*/16 100 8500/10000 ( 150 / 30 / 51 = 8A or
Opti 150/30/50 C-100 L 0,6/1,0 16 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/30/50 C-100 0,6/1,0 16 100 8500/10000 150 / 30 / 50R = 5.5a )
Opti 150/40/73C-100 L 0,6/1,0 12 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/40/82C-100 L 0,6/1,2 12 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/12/72C-100 L 0,3/1,0 12 100 8500/10000
Opti150/40/102C-100 L 0,6/1,3 12 100 8500/10000
Bi 150/40/101 CRG-100 GL 0,6/1,3 10*/12 100 8500/17000
Opti 110/12/50 HSG-117 GL <0,2/0,2 10 100 8500/17000 Opti 150/30/50 C-100
Opti 110/12/50 HSG-117 GLST 0,6 10 100 8500/10000 without L: means tri phases
Opti 125/40/72C-117 LST 0,6/1,0 12 100 8500/10000
Opti 150/12/40/72C-100 GL 0,3/0,6/1,0 12 100 8500/10000
Mega 125/15/40/82C-120 GL 0,3/0,6/1,0 12 120 8500/10000
Mega 125/15/40/82C-120 GLW 0,3/0,6/1,0 12 120 8500/10000
Mega 125/40/82C-120 L 0,6/1,0 12 120 8500/10000
Mega 125/30/82C-120 LW 0,4/0,8 8 120 8500/10000
Mega 125/30/82C-120 GLW 0,4/0,8 8 120 8500/10000

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 193 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

01–June–2000 SERVICE NOTE Page 4 of 4

GIB # 1O MVS DI EUROPE SN S036


Rev. 2 2284680-100

“ exception “

Very specific Siemens tube with 8.0 A heating.


Attention: if you must exchange that tube, remember that
the generator is adjusted to deliver 8 A: must be readjust
before to avoid filament destruction.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 194 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION


26
1 8382772 2 resistor R2 350g
21 10 2 3151776 2 switch for on / off S1 - S2
16 13 3 1807684 2 knob
2 to 6
1 4 1807692 2 cap
5 1764729 2 insert plate for "on "
6 4025565 2 insert plate for "off "
7
8 8337149 2 service board D90
9
10 1039643 2 socket connector for hand switch S27
11 1163976 2 isolating board D907
12
13 1097492 2 top guide strip board
14 1097500 2 bottom guide strip board
15
16 1094192 2 socket connector 48 pol.
17 1094200 2 socket connector 64 pol.
18 3102993 2 socket connector 24 + 7 pol.
19 8134173 2 back plane board D69
20 8337958 2 back board D191 580g
14 21 8134173 2 back board D69 200g
22
18
8 23 3161460 2 fan MV1 - MV2
27 24
17 23
25 8697245 1 board D360

20 26 1599518 1 isolating board D58


25 27 1101208 1 board D59 option
28
29
30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 195 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION


28 30 1 5402516 1 board D9
27 2 8353591 1 board D10
29
3
4 8337933 1 board D11
5 8703027 2 firmware for BI 150/12/50 R
2 6 8703035 2 firmware for BI 125/20/40 RL
7 8703043 2 firmware for BI 150/30/52 R
1 8 8703050 2 firmware for BI 150/30/50 CRGL
1
9 8703068 2 firmware for BI 150/30/51 8A
10 4337366 2 firmware for BI 150/40/102 RL
11 8703084 2 firmware for BI 150/30/101 R
12 8703092 2 firmware for BI 150/40/102 RL
13 8703118 2 firmware for OPTI 150/12/50 C
14 8703126 2 firmware for OPTI 150/12/72 C
15 8703134 2 firmware for OPTI 150/12/102 C
16 8703142 2 firmware for OPTI 150/30/50 C
17 8703159 2 firmware for OPTI 150/40/72 C
18 8703167 2 firmware for OPTI 150/40/82 C
19 8703175 2 firmware for OPTI 150/40/102 C
20 8703209 2 firmware for OPTI 150/12/50 180hz
21 4337150 2 firmware for P 50/10 MA
22 4337200 2 firmware for P 50 MA 0.4
23 8703217 2 firmware megalix 125/15/40/82 C
24 8706160 2 firmware megalix 125/30/82 CG
From 4 to 25
25 8703225 2 firmware megalix 125/40/82/82 C
26
27 8106171 1 board D20
28 8455784 1 board D22
29 8404329 1 board D23
30 7132095 1 board D24

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 196 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

26 25 POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION


24 20
2 27 24 1 8460545 1 board D22
19
1 28 21 2 4337093 1 board D25
3 8455974 1 board D30
22 4 8690521 1 board D300
5 8455958 1 board D31
6 8617375 1 board D33
7 5374392 1 board D34 optical
15 8 1613215 1 board D340 optical
9 8353468 1 board D35
10 8166266 1 board D40 with poly.80
11 8708125 1 board D480 with poly.80
12 1632137 1 board D41
13 8337206 1 board D42
14 8455925 1 board D50
15 1599773 1 board D52
16 7417421 1 board D53
17 7228091 1 board D54
18 9753476 1 board D55
19 8061509 1 board D61
13 16
20 8061541 1 board D63
9 14 21 8061566 1 board D64
17
22 8061582 1 board D65
23 8061624 1 board D67
5 18
6-7-8 24 8460701 1 board D70
25 3151818 1 board D71 +5v 10a
26 3151800 1 board D72 +15v 4a
3-4 27 3151792 1 board D73 +15v 2a
12
28 3151784 1 board D74 +24v 2.5a
29 8401986 1 board D400 for polydoros 100
10-11-29-30
30 8708059 1 board D410 for polydoros 100

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 197 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION

1
10 2 3138922 2 capacitor C1 to C10 6000mf 350v
4 3
4 8187114 1 board D51
12
5
6 1032424 2 resistor R1 to R10, R18 - R21 18k
7
8 1047984 2 reistor 47 ohm 11g
9
10 3158300 2 varistor 550v 1.4w
11
12 3151263 1 thyristor V12-V34-V56 1350v 2x95a
13
14 9747189 2 chocke L1 to L3 for pl 100 1.3kg
15
16 9747171 2 chocke L1 to L3 for pl 50.80 1.6kg
17
18 3151289 2 transformer T1-T2-T3 50a : 50 ma
19
20 7002025 2 vibration buffer
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
2-6
8 28
18 29
14-16-20
30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 198 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION

1 3151289 2 transformer W1 T1
20
26-27 2
8 28 3 8619975 2 inverter module WM1 , WM2
1
6-23-24 4 3139193 1 inverter fuse 224a 1kv 1.1kg
5
6 8338261 2 board D44
7
8 3150125 2 diode W1V1 , 1.4kv 190a 90g
22-24
9
10 7416431 2 resistor W1R1
13-14-15-16
11
12
13
14 9019449 2 capacitor W1C3 460g
15 3483633 2 pin 10-16
16 1107866 2 angle
17
18 8166597 2 coil L9 280g
19 9753575 2 coil L9 510g
20 9753591 2 ckoke
10
21
22 3150182 2 capacitor W1C2 33myf 910g
23 3150117 2 capacitor W1C1 200myf 910g
18-19 24 8107088 2 capacitor W1C1,W2C2 for poly.100
25 3155876 2 wire resistor R1-R2 6.2 ohm 23w
26 8701914 2 resistor W1.R1 800g
27 8701922 2 resistor W2.R1 800g for poly.100
28 9747767 2 board D57
3-4-25 29
30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 199 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

6-7-8 POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION

1
2-3-4-5 2 3024429 2 fuse holder
3 1001130 2 fuse cap
4 1001148 2 cover ring
5 1010438 2 fitted bolt F 16a
6 3149820 2 circuit breaker U7-U8 2a
7 3136405 2 circuit breaker U20 1.5a
8 3149812 2 circuit breaker U12 1a
9
10 3411535 2 row terminal 15g
11 8337123 2 plastic cover
12
13 7395601 2 chocke L10 140g
14
18
15
13
16
19 17
18 8338352 2 transformer T2 17.9 kg
19 8107377 1 board D161
22-23-24
20
27-28-29-30 21
22 3032109 2 fuse holder 360g
23 3149754 2 ring 100g
24 3149762 2 fuse cap
11 25
26
27 1007202 2 socket
28 1007210 2 fuse cap
29 1007186 2 fitted bolt F35a
10 30 1007228 2 cover ring

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 200 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION

1 3024429 2 fuse holder


28 2 1001130 2 fuse cap
3 1001148 2 cover ring
4 1010438 2 fitted bolt F 16a
5 3149820 2 circuit breaker U7-U8 2a
30 24 6 3136405 2 circuit breaker U20 1.5a
7 3149812 2 circuit breaker U12 1a
8
9 7469414 2 transformer T3 5.5kg
10 8456832 1 board D162
12 11 1516012 2 transformer T6 5.5kg
27
12 7404445 2 transformer T1 1.1kg
13
14 4682076 2 contactor NS
15 3152816 1 set contact for NS contactor
23-29 9-10
16 3128683 2 contactor NS
17 8166704 2 contactor SR1
18 7360985 2 RC element RC1
14 to 21 7 19 7397391 2 RC element RC2
20 3139805 2 RC element RC3
21 4677167 1 set contact for SS contactor
6
22
23 8058935 2 resistor R1 - R2
24 1048594 2 resistor R4 35w 10 ohm
25 1049022 2 resistor R5 8w 1ohm
5
26 1042456 2 resistor R6 - R9 27 kohm 25w
1-2-3-4 27 1043082 2 resistor R14 60w 560 ohm
28 3027190 2 capacitor C7 to C9 4700mf 63v
29 3136744 2 capacitor C1 - C2 220nf 450v
30 1004084 2 capacitor C3 20mf 630v

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 201 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION

14-16-18 1
2 2799505 2 board D1 200g
3
6
4 3137056 2 transformer I 3
8
5
6 4800900 2 connection A to F
7
8 8702607 2 board D164 stand adaptater
9
10 8136459 2 ribbon cable for:8353880.8338063
11
12 8702276 2 ribbon cable for:8353880.8338063
13
14 1047828 2 resistor R18-R19 100w 68 ohm
15
16 3147105 2 selector S1 67 grd 4.7g
17
18 3157138 2 circuit breaker U1 1.5a
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
4 2 27
10-12 28
29
30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 202 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION

1 7020589 2 clamping piec 4 qmm 3g


2 7020597 2 clamping piec 16 qmm 8.7g
3
1-2
4
5 8610339 2 HT transformer H1 65kg X1415
6 1290043 2 HT transformer H1 86kg XE888
15-16-19
7 5722806 2 HT transformer H1 63 kg XE888
18 8
9 8055956 2 board D45 150g
10 8161424 2 board D45 170g
11 8055931 2 board D46 60g
12 8055790 2 board D46 80g
13 1928860 2 disk for HT tank 7g
14
15 3150034 2 varistor RW1,RW2 420v 1.2w
16 8094153 2 RC element RC1,RC2 4.7myf
17
18 1786037 2 cap for tank HT output 27g
19 7405855 2 platelet for HT tank 3g
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
9-10-11-12-13 5-6-7 30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 203 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION


1
7 1 8059701 2 chocke L1 - L2
2 3136744 2 capacitor C20 to C23 220mf 450v
3 1051531 2 capacitor C1 to C4 6mf 400v
4 1054873 2 resistor R6-R7 1.2 ohm 30w
5 3158318 1 rectifier V10 1.6kv 29a
6
7 8383788 2 board D660
8
9 8800807 2 cable X65 - D65
3 10 8140451 2 cable X68 - D68
11 8140634 2 cable X66 - D66
4 12 8140477 2 cable X62 - D62
13 8140410 2 cable X61 - D61
26 2
5 14

19 28 15 15 3148855 2 contactor RSB,RSC,RSD


16 7470941 2 transformer 14.3 kg
17 8617060 2 plastic cover
18
19 3147675 2 bracket for 16 pol.cable secure
20
21 3411535 2 row terminal K1 10qmm
22
23 8061103 1 board D60
24 3159431 1 thyristor V1,V2,V3 1200v 15a
25
26 1018894 2 resistor R1 to R3 1ohm 25w
27
28 8455149 2 board D670
29
23-24 30 30 8324642 1 board D610
21 17

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 204 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

10 POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION


7-8
1 12-13
1 3158300 2 varistor V1,V2,V3 550v 1.4w
2 8335127 2 resistor R11,R12,R13 33 ohm 4w
3 3158268 2 capacitor C11,C13 22mf 450v
4
5 3158250 2 capacitor C12 10mf 450v
6
3
7 8459695 1 board D600
2 8 3159431 1 thyristor V1,V2,V3 1200v 15a

5 9
10 3140308 2 temperatur celector S1 71 grdc
11
3 12 7753411 2 resistor R101,R102 360 ohm 100w
13 1061720 2 clip resistor R101,R102
14
26
2 15
26 21 24 16
17-18-19 22
17 8618381 1 board D62
18 8061608 2 board D66
19 8711384 2 sftware VE1
20
21 8402232 1 board D68
22 8016412 1 board D680
23
24 3159449 1 thyristor modul V11,V12,V13 15a
25
26 8140105 1 cable 0.5m 16 pol.
27
28
29
30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 205 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION

1
2 8594111 2 board D880
3
10 4 7038854 2 pin strip 12 pol

2-4-6 5
16 6 3177227 2 relay LR3 - LR4
8 7
8 3100344 2 resistor R1 - R2 33 kohm 4w
9
10 1048321 2 resistor R3 22 ohm 50w
11
12 3133147 2 RC element RC1 220nf 100ohm
13
14 1015825 2 capacitor C1 - C2 10mf 400v
15
16 3132453 2 contactor HS 220v 50hz
17
18
19
20
21
22
12 14
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 206 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION

1
22-27-28 2 9617136 2 board D886 1kg
3 4668414 2 integrated circuit I1
17 4 7758915 1 Diode TV1 to TV4 1000v 140g
24
5 8702938 2 resistor
15
11 6 8695603 2 firmware VA5
7 3177227 2 relay AA2,AA3,WA to TR 10g
13 8
9
10
11 3150125 1 diode V1 1.4kv 100a
12
13 7396773 2 resistor R1 0.35 ohm 230g
14 1047323 2 resistor R2 330 ohm 100g
15 8702896 2 resistor R3-4-5 39 ohm 8w 12g
16
17 9019449 2 capacitor C1-C2 10myf 630v 460g
18 7757081 2 capacitor C3 47myf 450v 570g
19 4664736 2 capacitor C5 200myf 750v 2.3kg
20
21 9750407 2 transformer T1 7.4kg
22 3151289 2 transformer T2-T3 50a : 50 ma 92g
18 23
24 8593758 2 coil L1 100myh
25 8593741 2 coil L2 4.6myh
14 19 26
21 25 27 3135340 2 contactor AS2-3, WS,BS,NS,KS
28 7396039 2 RC element RC1 to RC6
29
30 8702953 2 cover

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 207 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

19-20 POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION

1 7479579 2 console base in grey 31kg


2 1100069 2 console base in white 31kg
3 8166068 2 arm rest
4 5374392 1 board D34 optical communication
5 1613215 1 board D340 optical communication
6 3151677 1 power supply board D78 +15v 3a
7 3151685 1 power supply board D79 +8.2v 8a
8 8404840 1 board D870
9 8605040 1 board D89
10 8032302 2 board D85
11 8032286 1 board D81
12 8605081 1 board D83
12 11 10-14-15-16-21
13 17-18 13 7353956 2 bush for board fixation
14 3138161 1 lampe 6v 200ma
22-23-24 15 3149549 1 lampe 6v 0.2a
16 3149556 1 lampe 14v 80ma
17 3153483 2 switch S56
18 3044617 2 key
19 8337461 2 front panel in brown
4-5 20 1101604 2 front panel in grey
21 8105991 2 fan MV
22 7353543 2 support labels ( 7 ) 70g
21
23 1075423 2 micro switch S26
24 8033375 2 support for S27 in brown
25 1104152 2 support for S27 in grey
26 1039643 2 socket connector for S27
27 1101778 1 push button switch S27
28 7197304 2 plastic optical fiber 24m
29 7197312 2 plastic optical fiber 16m

8 9 6 7 25-26 30 7197320 2 plastic optical fiber 8m

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 208 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION


1
1 8382962 2 mamomat E set Z104 2.5kg
2
3 8187049 2 power supply for S deck
4
3
5 8107187 2 sircamatic PL 8133928 board D38
6
7 9752452 2 digimatic 8336414 board D390
8
9 1109532 2 tube load computer board D15
10 2799620 2 I2 firmware VB1 for D15
11
12 8337685 2 complet iontomat connection M46
13 8072571 2 board D2 for programmation iont.D
14 8072597 2 board D2A for iontomat D 180g
15 8072613 2 board D2B for iontomat D 180g
16 8617524 2 board D3 for iontomat D 200g
17 8338626 2 board D5 for plani iontomat D 250g
18 8382590 2 board D7 for HSE / multip for iont.D
12
19 8604951 2 board D8 for 1 pol chamber / iont.D
20 8105405 2 board D32 interface iontomat D
21
22 8032260 2 board D86 for videomatic
23 8404840 2 board D870 for videomatic
24
25
26
27
28
29
30

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 209 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

POINT PART NO . FRU DESCRIPTION

10-11- 1 7479769 2 console base in grey 21kg


8-9 12 2 1100028 2 console base in white 21kg
3
4 3153483 2 switch S56B 28g
5 3044617 2 key
6
7 7303423 2 compression spring
8 8337313 2 ront panel in brown
9 1101844 2 front panel in grey
10 8032203 2 board D80 450g
11 8032229 2 board D84
12 3138161 2 lamp 6v 200ma
13
4-5 13 8605065 2 board D82 180g
7 14 8033003 2 cover 300g
15
23-24-25-27 19 14 17-18
16 7397359 2 nut 28g
17 5374392 2 board D34 for optical fiber
20 18 1613215 2 board D340 for optical fiber
19 3151677 2 board D78 +15v 3a power supply
20 3151685 2 board D79 +8.2v 8a power supply
21 8605040 2 board D89 processor
22 8105991 2 fan MV
23 1075423 2 micro switch S26
24 7380504 2 support for S27 in brown
25 1104244 2 support for S27 in grey
26 1039643 2 socket connector for S27
21 16
27 1101778 1 push button switch S27

22 28 7197304 2 plastic optical fiber 24m


29 7197312 2 plastic optical fiber 16m
26-27
30 7197320 2 plastic optical fiber 8m

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 210 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

ATTENTION
LES APPAREILS A RAYONS X SONT DANGEREUX A LA FOIS POUR LE PATIENT ET POUR LE MANIPULATEUR SI LES MESURES DE PROTECTION NE
SONT PAS STRICTEMENT APPLIQUEES
Bien que cet appareil soit construit selon les normes de sécurité les plus sévères, la source de rayonnement X représente un danger l’orsque le manipulateur est non qualifié ou non averti. Une exposition
excessive au rayonnement X entraine des dommages à l’organisme.
Par consequent, toutes les précautions doivent etre prises pour éviter que les personnes non autorisées ou non qualifiées utilisent cet appareil créant ainsi un danger pour les autres et pour elle – meme.
Avant chaque manipulation, les personnes qualifiées et autorisée à se servir de cet appareil doivent se renseigner sur les mesures de protection établies par la Commission Internationale de la protection
Radiologique. Annales 26 : Recommandations de la commission Internationale sur la Protection Radiologique et les normes nationales en vigueur

WARNING
X-RAY EQUIPMENT IS DANGEROUS TO BOTH PATIENT AND OPERATOR UNLESS MEASURES OF PROTECTION ARE STRICTLY OBSERVED
Though this equipment is built to the highest standards of electrical and mechanical safety, the useful X-RAY beam becomes a source of danger in the hands of the unauthorized or unqualified operator.
Excessive exposure to X-Radiation causes damage to human tissue.
Therefore, adequate precautions must be taken to prevent unauthorized or unqualified persons from operating this equipment or exposing themselves or others to its radiation.
Before operation, persons qualified and authorized to operate this equipment should be familiar with the Recommendations of the International Commission on Radiological Protection, contained in Annals
Number 26 of the ICRP, and with applicable national standards.

ATENCION
LOS APARATOS DE RAYOS X SON PELIGROSOS PARA EL PACIENTE Y EL MANIPULADOR CUANDO LAS NORMAS DE PROTECCION NO ESTAN
OBSERVADAS
Aunque este aparato esta construido segun las normas de seguridad mas estrictas, la radiation X constitye un peligro al ser manipulado por personas no autorizadas o incompetentes. Una exposicion
excesiva a la radiacio X puede causar danos al organismo.
Por consiguiente, se deberan tomar todas las precauciones necesarias para evitar que las personas incompetentes o no autorizadas utilicen este aparato, lo que seria un peligro para los demas y para si
mismas.
Antes de efectuar las manipulaciones, las personas habilitadas y competentes en el uso de este aparato, deberan informarse sobre las normas de proteccion fijadas por la Comision International de la
Proteccion Radiologica, anales Numero 26 : recomendaciones de la Comision Internacional sobre la Proteccion Radiologica y normas nacionales.

ACHTUNG
RONTGENAPPARATE SIND EINE GEFAHR FUR PATIENTEN SOWIE BEDIENUNGSPERSONAL, WENN DIE GELTENDEN SICHERHEITSVORKEHRUNGEN
NICHT GENAU BEACHTET WERDEN
Dieser apparat entspricht in seiner bauweise strengsten elektrischen und mechanischen sichereitsnormen, doch in den hangen unbefugter oder unqualifizierter personen wird er zu einer gefahrenquelle.
Ubermassige rontgenbestrahlung ist fur den menschlichen organismus schadlich.
Deswegen sind hinreichende vorsichtsmassnahmen erforderlich, um zu verhindern, dassunbefugte oder unqualifizierte personen solche gerate bedienen oder sich selbst und andere personen bestrahlung
aussetzen konnen.
Vor inbetriebnahme dieses apparats sollte sich das qualifizierte und befugte bedienungspersonal mit den geltenden kriterien fur den Gefahrlosen Strahleneinsatz durch sorgfaltiges Studium des Hefts numer
26 der Internationalen Kommission fur Strahlenschutz ICRP vertraut maren : Empfehlungen der Internationalen Kommission fur Strahlenschutz und anderer nationaler Normenbehorden.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 211 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

Direction 2282470-100

Revision 3

POLYDOROS 50 / 80 / 100

IMPORTANT! … X – RAY PROTECTION


X-RAY equipment if not properly used may cause injury. Accordingly, the instructions herein contained should be
thoroughly read and understood before you attempt to place this equipment in operation. The General Electric
Compagny, Medical Systems Group, will be glad to assist and cooperate in placing this equipment in use.

Although this apparetus incorporates a high degree of protection against X – radiation other than the useful beam.
no practical design of equipment can provide complete protection. Nor can any practical design compel the operator
to take adequate precautions to prevent the possibility of any persons carelessly, unwisely, or unknowingly exposing
themselves or others to radiation.

It is important that everyone having anything to do with X – radiation be properly trained and fully acquainted with
the recommendations of the National Council on Radiation Protection and measurement as published in NCRP.
Reports available from NCRP Publications, 7910 Woodmont Avenue, Room 1016, Bethesda, Maryland 20814 and of
the International Commission on Radiation Protection, and take adequate steps to insure protection against injury.

All persons authorized to use the equipment must be cognizant of the danger of excessive exposure to X – radiation
and the equipment is sold with the understanding that the General Electric Company, Medical Systems Group, its
agents, and representatives have no responsibility for injury or damage which may result from exposure to
X – radiation.

Various protective material and devices are available. It is urged that such materials or devices used.

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 212 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002
GE MEDICAL SYSTEMS MVS DI EUROPE SI.P80

REV 3 SM 2282470-100

REVISION HISTORY

REV DATE TYPE OF MODIFICATION AUTHOR FORMATED BY

0 2000-August-27 First documentation writing R.Vilette R.Vilette


J.Aupied
1 2001-jan-27 presentation/general info R.Vilette R.Vilette

2 2001-april-05 PM data information available R.Vilette R.Vilette


spare parts available R.Vilette R.Vilette

3 2002-May-05 page title and size R.Vilette R.Vilette

LIST OF EFFECTIVE PAGES

PAGE REVISION PAGE REVISION

all 0

all 1

46 2
203 to 218 2

94 to 153 3

Alignment Component Error Functional Logic/Block Preventive Software Theory Service Reference Notes
Calibration Locations Codes Checks Diagrams Maintenance Diagnostics notes Materials
Written by: R.Vilette controlled by: P.Morel 213 of 213 formatted by: R.Vilette date 05- May-2002

You might also like